Ethnologue > SIL Bibliography > Country index > Papua New Guinea

Papua New Guinea
Complete index of SIL publications

See also:

• Availability of SIL publications for Papua New Guinea
• The languages of Papua New Guinea

---

• BOLYANATZ, Alexander H., author. 1996. "Musings on matriliny: Understandings and social relations among the Sursurunga of New Ireland."
• Buk iná bul ngengen. 2006.
• CONRAD, Robert J., author. Available: 2009; Created: 1995. A comparison of Mufian (Balif) and Filifita (Ilahita) phonology, grammar and semantics.  
• HOTZ, Joyce M.; STRINGER, Mary D., authors. 1974. "Waffa social structure: The individual in the group."
• KERR, Harland B., author. 1973. "The Proto Kainantu kinship system of the East New Guinea highlands."
• KING, Phil, author. 2007. An Acoustic Description of Central Vowels in Three Austronesian Languages of New Ireland.  
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1970. "Stops and fricatives: Non-unique solution in Selepet."
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1974. "The glottal stop in Kâte."  
• Migabac Bible Timeline. 2012.
• PARKER, Stephen G.; RAYMOND, Mary, authors. 2005. "Initial and medial geminate trills in Arop-Lokep."
• PAWLEY, Andrew, author. 2010. "Helter Skelter and ñugl ñagl: English and Kalam rhyming jingles and the psychic unity of mankind."  
• SHAW, R. Daniel, author. 1974. "The geographical distribution of Samo relationship terms: Where have all the women gone?."

Acoustic analysis

• HENDERSON, James E., author. 1981. Instrumental help in phonology.
• KING, Phil, author. 2007. An Acoustic Description of Central Vowels in Three Austronesian Languages of New Ireland.  

Acoustic phonetics

• COMBS, Martin R., author. 1984. Glides: The problem of definition and analysis, including a discussion of the treatment of semivowel glides in Micronesia and an acoustic phonetic analysis of glides in selected Trukic dialects.

Activities and crafts

• numagóní aúbama. 1969.  (Usarufa)

Adult education

• TAMOSAN, D., author. 1975. "Bikpela manmeri i kisim skul (Adult education)."

Affixes

• EZARD, Bryan, author. 1982. Tawala derivational prefixes: a semantic perspective.
• EZARD, Bryan, author. 1992. "Tawala derivational prefixes: a semantic perspective."
• FRANTZ, Chester I., author. 1962. "Grammatical categories as indicated by Gadsup noun affixes."
• LOVING, Aretta, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1965. Possessive prefixes which occur with obligatorily possessed Awa nouns.  

Agriculture and food production

• Dabal kimanin kukubobe. 1980.  (Mian)
• Kakaluki kimanin kukubobe. 1980.  (Mian)
• Kopi kepin otiito. 1965.  (Kwoma)
• Kopii abull ka edil. 1965.  (Wahgi)
• Ksang maji. 1965.  (Kwoma)
• Lukautim kopi: Kopi kava ho. 1988.  (Inoke-Yate)
• Mong ma timbɨs hɨtipra ohe meng oh. 1983.  (Oksapmin)
• Siiva kepin na piitii. 1965.  (Kwoma)

AIDS (Disease)

• JOHNSON, Lori, author. 2006. "An overview of the: Prescription for Hope Conference; PNG churches AIDS prevention strategy, sponsored by the Goroka pastors' fraternal/Samaritan's Purse/Billy Graham Association, University of Goroka, 7-11 November 2005."
• MATTOCKS, Rich, author. 2006. "AIDS shell books and SIL. Do we need to re-think shell books? The Martin Luther approach to changing a culture."
• MEYER, Jens; MEYER, Lizzie, authors. 2006. "Starting points: ideas to get communities talking about the AIDS epidemic."

AIDS and HIV

• A lalaaun anun kadaa. 2007.  (Ramoaaina)
• A sickness called AIDS: HIV and AIDS information. 2006.  (English)
• A xusxuus si Kande. 2008.  (Kara)
• A xuuxkuus i Kande. 2007.  (Kara)
• AIDSle sawang yowa. 2007.  (Migabac)  
• Akuskus i Kande. 2007.  (Tungag)
• Alsil iini sever ama HIV ngen ama AIDS. 2006.  (Qaqet)
• Amalmalangasai i HIV na AIDS. 2007.  (Tungag)
• Betanga ke HIV inbe AIDS. 2006.  (Arop-Lokep)
• Dukuma sá eys-pa jiñji. 2002.  (Narak)
• Haleles nenge ene AIDS pe ana ilimo tutuna nenge ene HIV. 2008.  (Lote)
• Hesi ae wile (HIV) eisi olole (AIDS) fädäla säi. 2010.  (Edolo)
• HIV da AIDS nan gan. 2008.  (Adzera)
• HIV ge AIDS wasana ana buki. 2006.  (Misima-Paneati)
• HIV gɨt AIDS eundakle manda. 2007.  (Nek)
• HIV kamben na kes AIDS. 2007.  (Wahgi, North)
• HIV ko AIDS ngulo Mande. 2006.  (Rawa)
• HIV kot AIDS kot tenen ninintomo temek. 2006.  (Finongan)
• HIV nga AIDSle mimiloc. 2007.  (Migabac)  
• HIV ŋqätä esiŋqätä näqŋqä hepŋqä awä ätqi = HIV na AIDS toksave. 2008.  (Menya)
• HIV o AIDS gueron. 2007.  (Kovai)
• HIV/AIDSle fungine. 2007.  (Migabac)  
• HIVdai AIDSdai mana amone asigi diyone bugo. 2007.  (Onobasulu)
• HIVdai AIDSdai mana amone asigi diyone bugo. 2011.  (Onobasulu)
• Kam usrai on e Kande. 2008.  (Siar-Lak)
• Kandi ara siitka. 2007.  (Qaqet)
• Kuus fatexaas pana HIV e AIDS. 2007.  (Kara)
• Man pinopinouts e Kande: mi buk sibu madar tovtov. 2006.  (Mandara)
• Man tuktuk mi HIV ma mi AIDS. 2006.  (Mandara)
• Menge Kande: kakai seimat. 2008.  (Seimat)
• Pirpir kaapa u ra HIV ma AIDS. 2006.  (Ramoaaina)
• Pukpuksa sur Kande. 2007.  (Sursurunga)
• Worwor talas suri HIV má sasam AID. 2006.  (Sursurunga)
• Yankipm a HIV a AIDS. 2006.  (Urim)

Alphabet

• A B C: Beginner’s Agarabi-English dictionary, part 1. 1988.  (Agarabi)
• a e i o u äntähisänaya vukue. 1980.  (Kamano)
• A K M: Huno mayo yohino sɨmoʼmjo. 1994.  (Safeyoka)
• A umana matanabuk ta ra tinata tuna ma a niluluk ma ra kinit. 1992.  (Kuanua)
• ABD bugo: alphabet picture book. 2003.  (Kaluli)
• ABQ. 2007.  (Nobonob)
• aeiou ana buki. 1983.  (Misima-Paneati)
• Alphabet Picture book - Bauni Barupu. 2011.  (Warapu)
• Alphabet Picture book - Bauni Pou. 2011.  (Warapu)
• Alphabet Picture book - Bouni Sumo. 2011.  (Warapu)
• Alphabet Picture book - Essono. 2011.  (Sissano)
• Alphabet Picture book - Malol. 2011.  (Malol)
• Alphabet Picture book - Orop. 2011.  (Arop-Sissano)
• Alphabet Picture book - Uni Ramo. 2011.  (Warapu)
• Asela veleta ingareti ningo gato gelaʼ buku. 1983.  (Dano)
• Aúbagoni áwîqa. 1967.  (Usarufa)
• Bargam nanib leta amulik-mulikmo ginan. 1992.  (Bargam)
• Bim weng mewso atebamin beteka fut. 1996.  (Bimin)
• Buang ayej; Ngajaheng Buang ayej. 1971.  (Buang, Mapos)
• Helenga mukangana. 1992.  (Lote)
• Kalam ABC buk. 1985.  (Kalam)
• Kosoroŋ tere kania. 1997.  (Borong)
• Kweleng. 2007.  (Migabac)  
• Migabac kpeleng hibi. 1999.  (Migabac)  
• Nevoz ne kaponiz hahokazat dede ravohokaz, tep mamogat 3. 1992.  (Kunimaipa)
• Onnele Alphabet: Rombar. 2011.  (One, Northern)
• Onnele Alphabet: Wolwale. 2011.  (One, Northern)
• Rawa ABC buku. 1986.  (Rawa)
• Sep deebon mabi wed ri. 1984.  (Maring)
• Siyane A B C buku. 1981.  (Siane)
• Tak aakalkalit ina kokot. 2009.  (Tiang)
• Ták alkálkálit iná kokot. 2006.  (Tiang)
• Tangis vaado. 1986.  (Tinputz)
• Tinputz ABC buk. 1981.  (Tinputz)
• Ure Sunas. 1992.  (Qaqet)
• Vua nuvuone zinume ije: Fikisa ijiakuma vua binobino. 1984.  (Barai)

Anaphora

• CONRAD, Robert J., author. 1993. "Pronoun systems in Sepik Iwam oral narratives."

Anthropology

• ALLEN, Janice; ALLEN, Jerry, authors. 1974. "Halia."
• ALLEN, Jerry, author. 1972. "Buka: Reclaiming self-respect."
• AUSTING, John F., author. 1974. "Ömie."
• BEE, Darlene, author. 1974. "A brief note on kinship and social groupings among the Usarufa."
• BJORKMAN, Doris, author. 1968. Fear and faith of Gajili tribespeople.
• BOLYANATZ, Alexander H., author. 1994. "Defending against grief on New Ireland: The place of mortuary feasting in Sursurunga society."
• BOLYANATZ, Alexander H., author. 1994. "Legitimacy, coercion, and leadership among the Sursurunga of southern New Ireland."
• BOLYANATZ, Alexander H., author. 1994. Matriliny and mortuary feasting among the Sursurunga of New Ireland, Papua New Guinea.
• BOLYANATZ, Alexander H., author. 1995. "Matriliny and revisionist anthropology."
• BOLYANATZ, Alexander H., author. 1995. Hegemony and voice in Papua New Guinea [reviews of: Voices of conflict, by Andrew Strathern and Review of: Constructing inequality: The fabrication of a hierarchy of virtue among the Etoro, by Raymond C. Kelly].
• BOLYANATZ, Alexander H., author. 1996. "Musings on matriliny: Understandings and social relations among the Sursurunga of New Ireland."
• BOLYANATZ, Alexander H., author. 1996. Review of: Articulating change in the ‘last unknown’, by Frederick K. Errington and Deborah B. Gewertz.
• BOLYANATZ, Alexander H., author. 1998. "Where is Claes Pietersz Bay? An episode in the history of the Sursurunga of New Ireland."
• BOLYANATZ, Alexander H., author. 1998. Economic cooperatives, development, and matriliny in Papua New Guinea.
• BOLYANATZ, Alexander H., author. 2000. Mortuary feasting on New Ireland: the activation of Matriliny among the Sursurunga.
• BOLYANATZ, Alexander H., author. 2010. "Does the use of money affect results in experimental games? Comparing cash and betel nut in dictator and ultimatum games on New Ireland."  
• BORAM, C.; LAWRENCE, Marshall, authors. 1977. "Difficulties in communication and social perception in Oksapmin society."
• BRADLEY, C. Henry; FRANKLIN, Karl J., authors. 1986. Anthropological training in SIL.
• BRUCE, Kathleen, author. 1992. Values and value change in Christian conversion.
• BRUCE, Leslie P., author. 1974. "Alamblak kinsmen: To give is better than to receive (and you’ll get it back)."
• CAMPBELL, Jo Anne, author. 1991. Review of: The benefits of language learning for literacy specialists, by Kaye Stender.
• CHENOWETH, Vida, author. 1985. Music in cross-cultural communication.
• CHENOWETH, Vida, author. 1996. "Cultural change and music literacy."
• CHENOWETH, Vida, author. 1997. "The etic-emic distinction applied to music analysis."
• CHENOWETH, Vida, author. 2001. Cultural change and music literacy.
• CHENOWETH, Vida, author; REIGLE, Robert, editor. 1995. "Cultural change and music literacy."  
• CLIFTON, John M., author. 1991. Review of: Three elema myths, by Herbert A. Brown.
• CLOSE, Ann; CLOSE, Kevin; GÉLÉGE, Nabasél, authors. 1975. "Medicinal plants of the Maprik area."
• CONRAD, Robert J., author. 1978. Some notes on attitudes toward language and language choice in May River Iwam.
• CONRAD, Robert J., author. 1990. "Problems in translating from Tok Pisin to Mufian."
• COOK, Carolyn D., author. 1996. "The divided island of New Guinea: People, development and deforestation."
• COOPER, Russell E., author. 1994. Hang five: Five attitude shifts that can make trainer training work.
• DAVIS, Donald R., author. 1974. "Wantoat."
• DRAPER, Norman; DRAPER, Sheila, authors. 1974. "Abelam (Abulas)."
• DYE, Sally Folger, author. 1983. Conflicting standards of goodness.
• DYE, T. Wayne, author. 1974. "Stress-producing factors in cultural adjustment."
• DYE, T. Wayne, author. 1976. "Toward a cross-cultural definition of sin."
• DYE, T. Wayne, author. 1987. "On the ethics of evangelism."
• DYE, T. Wayne; LOGAN, Peter F., authors. 1984. "Physics for anthropologists?."
• DYE, T. Wayne; MERRIFIELD, William R., authors. 1977. "Anthropology."
• EDONI, William, author. 2001. "Change agents."
• EZARD, Bryan, author. Available: 2009; Created: 1980. Food and language: an ethno-linguistic study in Tawala.  
• FARR, Cynthia J., author. 1974. "Cultural collision: a Korafe search for identity."
• FIRCHOW, Irwin B., author. 1974. "Rotokas."
• FIRCHOW, Irwin B.; FIRCHOW, Jacqueline, authors. 2008. The Rotokas people of Bougainville Island.  
• FRANKLIN, Joice A.; FRANKLIN, Karl J., authors. 1962. "The Kewa counting systems."
• FRANKLIN, Joice A.; FRANKLIN, Karl J.; KIRAPEASI, Yapua, compilers. 2006-. A Kewa dictionary, with supplementary grammatical and anthropological materials.  
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1963. "Kewa ethnolinguistic concepts of body parts."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1965. "Kewa social organization."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1967. Review of: Tongue speaking: an experiment in spiritual experience, by Morton T. Kelsey.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1971. "Practical considerations of folk taxonomies."  
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1972. "A ritual pandanus language of New Guinea."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1972. Review of: Pigs, pearlshells, and women: marriage in the New Guinea highlands, R. M. Glasse and M. J. Meggitt, editors.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1973. "Cultural awareness: Some observations."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1974. "Kewa."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1975. "A Kewa religious argot (New Guinea)."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1976. Review of: Beyond the village, by Louise Morauto.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1976. Review of: Ritual and knowledge among the Baktaman of New Guinea, by Frederik Barth.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1976. Review of: The Iban and their religion, by Erik Jensen.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1977. Review of: Fighting with food, by Michael W. Young.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1979. "Interpreting values cross-culturally ‘with special reference to insulting people’!."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1986. Unicorns and ‘hidden peoples’.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1987. "Anthropology: But why the concern?."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1988. Review of: Fabricated world: An interpretation of Kewa tales, by John LeRoy.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1988. Review of: Kewa tales, by John LeRoy.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1988. Review of: Speech act taxonomy as a tool for ethnographic description: an analysis based on videotapes of continuous behavior in two New York households, Nira Reiss, editor.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1989. "Jack Hides’ visit to the Kewa area."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1990. "Cross-cultural advertising: Tok Pisin and English in Papua New Guinea."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1991. "Kewa."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1993. Review of: Mararoko: a study in Melanesian religion, by Mary N. MacDonald.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1995. "Advertisements and values: Observations from Wantok newspaper."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 2007. "Framework for a Melanesian world view."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 2012. "Counting systems in Engan and Proto-Engan."  
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 2012. "Em i no dai nating": Observations on Sorcery in Papua New Guinea.  
• FRANKLIN, Karl J.; MCELHANON, Kenneth A., authors. 1979. "Bible translation and linguistics."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J.; STEFANIW, Roman, authors. 1992. "The ‘Pandanus languages’ of the Southern Highlands Province, Papua New Guinea – a further report."
• FULLINGIM, Michael, author. 1988. "Of pigs, men and life: a glimpse at Wiru society."
• GEARY, Elaine, author. 1982. Kunimaipa Anthropology Sketch.  
• HARRISON, J. Daniel, author. 1974. "The Kluckhohn value-orientation research instrument used in Papua New Guinea."
• HEAD, Robert, author. 1974. "Gawigl."
• HEALEY, Alan, author. 1962. "Linguistic aspects of Telefomin kinship terminology."
• HEALEY, Alan, author. 1973. "Comments on ‘Verbal associations in the analysis of subjective culture,’ by Lorand B. Szalay and Bela C. Maday."
• HENDERSON, James E., author. 1974. "Rossel Island (Yeletnye)."
• HENDERSON, James E., author. 1975. "Collecting genealogies."
• HONSBERGER, Carol; HONSBERGER, Murray; TUPPER, Ian, authors. 2008. "Introduction to the Kwomtari people and language."
• HOOLEY, Bruce A., author. 1974. "Buang."
• HOOLEY, Bruce A., author. 1978. "Number and time in Central Buang."  
• HOOLEY, Bruce A.; TERIT, Sanek, authors. 1972. "Preparation of salt among the Buang, New Guinea."
• HOTZ, Joyce M.; STRINGER, Mary D., authors. 1974. "Waffa social structure: The individual in the group."
• HUCKETT, Joyce, author. 1974. "Iduna (Vivigana)."
• IRWIN, Barry S., author. 1972. "The liability complex among the Chimbu peoples of New Guinea."
• IYAMA, Mara, author. 2005. "Oral literacies - choice in cultural destiny (a response to Michael A. Mel, "The need for strong and balanced communities through education …"."  
• JOHNSTON, Raymond L., author. 1974. "Lakalai (Nakanai)."
• KERR, Harland B., author. 1973. "The Proto Kainantu kinship system of the East New Guinea highlands."
• KERUWA, Rambai, author. 2001. "Learning and knowing through four generations in PNG."
• KLEEF, Jacqueline van; KLEEF, Sjaak van, authors. 2012. "The use of a conceptual metaphor in the Siroi language of Papua New Guinea: Narrative is climbing a mountain."
• KOLKKA, Riikka-Maria; KOLKKA, Tomas, authors. 2012. Social Organisation of the Tiang People.
• LANDWEER, M. Lynn, author. 2000. Indicators of ethnolinguistic vitality.
• LARSEN, Marlys; LARSEN, Robert E., authors. 2000. Build on what they know: indigenous knowledge and training programs.
• LARSEN, Robert E., author. 1976. Review of: Exchange in the social structure of the Orokaiva, by Erik Schwimmer.
• LEWIS, Ronald K., author. 1988. "The interrelationship of taboo and kinship as the cohesive agent of Saniyo-Hiyowe society."
• LISTER, Ronah; NAGAI, Yasuko, authors. 2003. "What is our culture? What is our language? Dialogue towards the maintenance of indigenous culture and language in Papua New Guinea."
• LISTER, Ronah; NAGAI, Yasuko, authors. 2004. "From vernacular to English: a model of innovation from within the hearts of the indigenous teachers in Papua New Guinea."
• LITHGOW, David, author. 1973. "Strengths and weaknesses of an untrained translator."
• LITHGOW, David, author. 1980. Review of: Bwaidoka tales, by Maribelle Young.  
• LITTERAL, Robert L., author. 1964. How anthropological and linguistic analysis illuminates Paul’s use of redemptive terms.
• LITTERAL, Robert L., author. 1988. Community Partnership in Communications for Ministry.  
• LITTERAL, Robert L., author. 1990. "Tok Pisin: The language of modernization."
• LITTERAL, Robert L.; LITTERAL, Shirley, authors. 1974. "Anggor."
• LITTERAL, Shirley, author. 1972. "Orientation to space and participants in Anggor."
• LLOYD, J. A.; LLOYD, Richard G., translators. 1974. "Baruya."
• LLOYD, Richard G., author. 1974. "Baruya kith and kin."
• LOVING, Richard, author. 1973. "Awa kinship terminology and its use."
• LOVING, Richard, author. 1974. "Notes on Awa kinship terminology."
• LOVING, Richard, author. 1976. "Use of bamboo by the Awa."
• LOVING, Richard, author. 1994. A comparison of Western and Papua New Guinean leadership styles.
• LOVING, Richard; MCKAUGHAN, Howard P., authors. 1974. "Awa."
• MALONE, Dennis L., author. 1991. "Anthropological implications for literacy."
• MALONE, Susan E., author. 1988. Partners in change: Developing receptor-oriented cross-cultural innovation programs.
• MALONE, Susan E., author. 1997. Cooperation, conflict, and complementarity: a study of relationships among organizations involved in mother tongue literacy and pre-primary education in Papua New Guinea.
• MANABE, Takashi, author. 1988. "Mami reveals dynamic Kwanga social structure."
• MARTEN, Helen, author. 1985. "Relationships within a village literacy program."
• MATTOCKS, Rich, author. 2006. "AIDS shell books and SIL. Do we need to re-think shell books? The Martin Luther approach to changing a culture."
• MAYERS, Marvin K.; RATH, Daniel D., editors. 1988. Nucleation in Papua New Guinea Cultures.  
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1968. "Selepet social organization and kinship."
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1968. Review of: Voyagers of the Vitiaz Strait: a study of the New Guinea trade system, by T. G. Harding.
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1969. "Current cargo beliefs in the Kabwum sub-district."
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1969. "Komba kinship terminology."
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1969. Review of: Namasu: New Guinea’s largest indigenous-owned company, by I. J. Fairbairn.
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1974. "Selepet."
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1974. "Towards a history of the Huon Peninsula."
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1975. "Appreciating the possibilities of Tok Pisin: Evangelism and the use of Tok Pisin idioms."
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1975. "Idiomaticity in a Papuan (non-Austronesian) language."  
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1976. Review of: The tongues of men and angels, by William J. Samarin.
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1977. "The identification of birds by the Selepet, Papua New Guinea."
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1977. Selepet avifauna.  
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1978. Review of: Lexical reconstruction: The case of the Proto-Athapaskan kinship system, by Isidore Dyen and David F. Aberle.
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1991. "Selepet."
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1991. "Wantoat."
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1995. Review of: And thus became man and world, by John A. Z’graggen.
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., editor. 1974. Legends from Papua New Guinea.
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., editor. 1982. From the mouths of ancestors.
• MCKAUGHAN, Howard P., author. 1974. "Gadsup."
• MCKAUGHAN, Howard P., editor. 1973. The languages of the Eastern family of the East New Guinea Highlands stock.
• MCKAUGHAN, Howard P.; VINCENT, Alexander, authors. 1974. "Tairora."
• MECKLENBURG, Charlotte; MECKLENBURG, Frank, authors. 1980. Faiwol anthropology essentials.
• MERRIFIELD, William R., author. 1969. Review of: The New Guinea villager: the impact of colonial rule on primitive society and economy, by Charles Rowley.
• MERRIFIELD, William R., author. 2001. Review of: Mortuary feasting on New Ireland: the activation of Matriliny among the Sursurunga, by Alexander H. Bolyanatz.
• MILLER, Kathryn E., author. 1990. The fit between training and use in a vernacular literacy training program: An ethnographic study of four Papua New Guineans.
• MOORE, Dean; MOORE, Dianne, authors. 1988. "Duke of York shell money: a mediator of relationships."
• MURANE, Elizabeth; MURANE, John, authors. 1974. "Daga."
• NEE Jamgun, author; GRABER, Philip, translator. 1985. Tumbuna Stori bilong Nee Jamgun = Ancestral stories of Nee Jamgun .
• OLSON, Michael L., author. 1974. "The semantics of Barai kinship and social organization."
• PENCE, Alan R., author. 1974. "The nature of Kunimaipa kinship terms."
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1963. "Theoretical implications of matrix permutation in Fore (New Guinea)."
• PINIAU, S., author. 1975. "The Pidgin language and publications in Papua New Guinea."
• RATH, Daniel D., author. 1988. "The big man in Mengen society."
• REESINK, Gerard P., author. 1975. Review of: Peace child, by Don Richardson.
• REESINK, Gerard P., author. 1992. Review of: The empty place: poetry, space, and being among the Foi of Papua New Guinea, by James F. Weiner.
• REHBURG, Judith, author. 1974. "Social structure of the Sepik Iwam."
• RICHERT, Ernest L., author. 1963. Native reaction as a guide to meaningful translation.
• RICHERT, Ernest L., author. 1965. "How the Guhu-Samane cult of ‘Poro’ affects translation."
• SCHLIE, Perry, author. 1987. Some observations on Kara group decisions.
• SCORZA, David P., author. 1972. "Classification of Au myths."
• SCORZA, David P., author. 1974. "Au social relations ... and please behave."
• SCORZA, David P., author. 1981. Review of: The ethnography of variation: selected writings on pidgins and creoles, Hugh Schuchardt and T. L. Markey, editors.
• SCOTT, Graham K., author. 1975. "Linguistic aspects of Fore kinship."  
• SHALER, Dorothy, recorder. 2012. Kanang song DS-03-pres.
• SHALER, Dorothy, recorder. 2012. Orya Boys songs DS-01.
• SHAW, Karen A.; SHAW, R. Daniel, authors. 1973. "Location: a linguistic and cultural focus in Samo."  
• SHAW, R. Daniel, author. 1970. "Fossil man: Ancestor or descendant of Adam?."
• SHAW, R. Daniel, author. 1972. "The structure of myth and Bible translation."
• SHAW, R. Daniel, author. 1972. "Why genetic variation between New Guinea communities? (Migration-dispersion model applied)."
• SHAW, R. Daniel, author. 1974. "Samo sibling terminology."
• SHAW, R. Daniel, author. 1974. "The geographical distribution of Samo relationship terms: Where have all the women gone?."
• SHAW, R. Daniel, author. 1980. "Understanding kinship and social structure."
• SHAW, R. Daniel, author. 1981. "Every person a shaman: The use of supernatural power among the Samo of Papua New Guinea."
• SHAW, R. Daniel, author. 1985. Narcotics, vitality and honor: The use of narcotic drink among the Samo of Papua New Guinea.
• SHAW, R. Daniel, author. 1988. Transculturation: The cultural factor in translation and other communication tasks.
• SHAW, R. Daniel, author. 1989. Review of: Exotic readings of cultural texts, by Roger M. Keesing.
• SHAW, R. Daniel, author. 1990. "Culture and evangelism: a model for missiological strategy."
• SHAW, R. Daniel, author. 1990. Kandila: Samo ceremonialism and interpersonal relationships.
• SHAW, R. Daniel, author. 1990. Review of: World Christianity: Oceania, by Leonora Mosende Douglas.
• SHAW, R. Daniel, author. 2010. "Cannibals, kiaps, and magistrates: three eras impacting Samo spatiality, interpersonal relationships, and Bible translation.."  
• SHAW, R. Daniel, editor. 1974. Kinship studies in Papua New Guinea.
• SOUTHWELL, Neville, author. 1991. Media for the message.
• STAALSEN, Philip, author. 1965. "Brugnowi origins: The founding of a village."
• STENDER, Kaye, author. 1988. The benefits of language learning for literacy specialists.
• STEWART, Pamela J.; STRATHERN, Andrew J., authors. 2010. "The appearing and disappearing world of the Bogaiya: a corner of Papua New Guinea cultural history."  
• STRINGER, Mary D., author. 1984. "Traditional learning styles in Papua New Guinea."
• STRINGER, Mary D., author. 1985. "Cultural aspects related to education."
• THROOP, Craig, author. 1988. "‘Pigs are our hearts’: a functional study of the pig in Melanesia."
• TOWNSEND, Patricia K., author. 1969. Subsistence and social organization in a New Guinea Society.
• TOWNSEND, Patricia K., author. 1987. "Saniyo-Hiyowe 1966-1986: Evaluating the SIL presence."
• TOWNSEND, William H., author. 1969. "Stone and steel tool use in a New Guinea society."
• TROOLIN, Dave, author. 2006. Conceptual blending in millenial movements: an application of conceptual blending theory to case studies in Papua New Guinea and Israel.
• TROOLIN, David Eric, author. 2012. Conceptual Blending in Millenial Movements: An Application of Conceptual Theory to Case Studies in Papua New Guinea and Israel.  
• VOORHOEVE, C. L., author. 2010. "A remarkable chain tale from New Guinea."  
• WAKEFIELD, David C., author. 1988. The social organization of the Miniafia.
• WAKEFIELD, David C., author. 1989. "Dog-pigs and other people."  
• WATERS, Glenys, author. 2000. The impact of Melanesian cultures on education and development programmes.
• WEBB, Thomas, author. 1974. "Urii."
• WEIMER, Harry; WEIMER, Natalia, authors. 1974. "Yareba."
• YOUNG, Rosemary, author. 1968. "Words under a bushel."
• YOUNG, Rosemary, author. 1974. "The social hierarchy of the Bena-Bena."

Arithmetic

• [arithmetic book]. 1966.  (Daga)
• Adult math book 1, for use in Abau transfer courses. 1998.  (Abau)
• Agi anupen buka megawa. 1994.  (Daga)
• Aisikena pune. 1970.  (Fore)
• Gaid buk bilong tisa i skulim sumatin long mats kos. 1994.  (Rawa)
• Gona molokakaq puku. 1971.  (Alekano)
• Kame nin mangkuku yangang mnâne. 1973.  (Nabak)
• Nabaa yanaavai. 1978.  (Waffa)
• Namba dobabo se buku. 1990.  (Dadibi)
• Nampa puku. 1972.  (Alekano)
• Namuu me ghauna (Big book). 2012.  (Mussau-Emira)
• Napa hapaʼa 1, 2. 1971.  (Benabena)
• Napa hemakapusimo sawi popasane oyapo. 1973.  (Fasu)
• Napa ke afeo. 1985.  (Inoke-Yate)
• Napa kie haviho. 1970.  (Kanite)
• Nompa syohoʼnjo iyoswofoho. 1973.  (Safeyoka)
• Ona molokaka buku. 1974.  (Yaweyuha)
• Teing bakamin fut. 1996.  (Bimin)
• Yándá̱ wóno. 1970.  (Gadsup)

Articles

• COLBURN, Michael A., author. 1981. The functions and meanings of the Erima deictic articles.

Aspect

• BOUSH, Alfred, author. Available: 2007; Created: 1979-11. Aspect on Tifal final and medial verbs.  
• HEPNER, Mark, author. 1995. "Tense, aspect and modality in Bargam."

Bibliography

• AKERSON, Paula, compiler. 1989. Annual supplement to Summer Institute of Linguistics Papua New Guinea bibliography - September 1989.
• AKERSON, Paula, compiler. 1990. 1990 annual supplement to the bibliography, Summer Institute of Linguistics Papua New Guinea.
• AKERSON, Paula, compiler. 1992. Bibliography of the Summer Institute of Linguistics, Papua New Guinea Branch, 1956-1990.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1989. "Obituary: Donald C. Laycock (1936-1988)."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., compiler. 1989. "Index to volumes 11-20 and language names found in volumes 1-20 of Kivung and Language and Linguistics in Melanesia."
• GAMMON, Dawn, compiler. 1969. Bibliography of the Summer Institute of Linguistics, New Guinea branch: Linguistics and anthropology.
• GAMMON, Dawn, compiler. 1969. Bibliography of the Summer Institute of Linguistics, New Guinea branch: Literacy and translation.
• GWYTHER-JONES, Roy, author. 1972. Literature for a new nation (Ol buk bilong Papua Nu Gini).
• HEALEY, Phyllis M., author. 1973. Bibliography of the Summer Institute of Linguistics, Papua New Guinea branch, 1956 to 1972: Publications in linguistics, literacy, and anthropology.
• HEALEY, Phyllis M., author. 1973. Bibliography of the Summer Institute of Linguistics, Papua New Guinea branch, 1956 to 1972: Translation.
• LINDEN, Elizabeth; WAKEFIELD, Irl, compilers. 1993. Bibliography supplement 1991-1992, Papua New Guinea branch.
• MESSER, Jean, compiler. 1966. Bibliography of the Summer Institute of Linguistics, New Guinea branch: Literacy and translation.
• MURANE, Elizabeth, author. 1977. Summer Institute of Linguistics, Papua New Guinea branch: Annual supplement to bibliography, 1976.
• MURANE, Elizabeth, author. 1978. Summer Institute of Linguistics, Papua New Guinea branch: Annual supplement to bibliography, 1977.
• MURANE, Elizabeth, compiler. 1975. Bibliography of the Summer Institute of Linguistics, Papua New Guinea branch, 1956 to 1975: Publications in linguistics, literacy, and anthropology.
• MURANE, Elizabeth, compiler. 1976. Bibliography of the Summer Institute of Linguistics, Papua New Guinea branch, 1956 to 1975: Translation.
• NICHOLSON, Ruth, compiler. 1966. Bibliography of the Summer Institute of Linguistics, New Guinea branch: Linguistics and anthropology.
• PATRICK, Heather, compiler. 1981. Bibliography of the Summer Institute of Linguistics, Papua New Guinea branch, 1956-1980: English publications in linguistics and anthropology, literacy and community development, translation.
• PATRICK, Heather, compiler. 1981. Bibliography of the Summer Institute of Linguistics, Papua New Guinea branch, 1956-1980: Vernacular publications in Scripture translations and related material; literacy materials.
• PATRICK, Heather, compiler. 1985. Annual supplement to bibliography.
• PATRICK, Heather, compiler. 1986. 1986 annual supplement to the bibliography [of the Summer Institute of Linguistics, Papua New Guinea branch].
• PATRICK, Heather, compiler. 1988. Annual supplement to the SIL-PNG bibliography - 1988.

Bilingual education

• AHAI, Naihuwo, author. 1987. "In support of vernacular in education."
• BICKERTON, Derek, author. 1975. "University-level courses in Pidgin & Creole."
• BÜHMANN, Dörthe; TRUDELL, Barbara, authors. 2008. La langue maternelle, ça compte ! La langue locale, clé d'un apprentissage efficace.  
• BÜHMANN, Dörthe; TRUDELL, Barbara, authors. 2008. Mother tongue matters: local language as a key to effective learning.  
• CATES, Ann R., author. 1975. "Why teach first in the vernacular?."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1975. "Vernaculars as bridges to cross-cultural understanding."
• GARRETT, Gertrude, author. 1997. Vernacular elementary education in Papua New Guinea.
• HARRISON, J. Daniel, author. 1975. "Community education among the Guhu-Samanes."
• HOOLEY, Bruce A., author. 1976. Bilingual education and literacy.
• HOOLEY, Bruce A.; LOVING, Richard, editors. 1976. Student research papers in literacy and education.
• KEMELFIELD, Graeme, author. 1982. "North Solomons pre-school programme."
• LITHGOW, Daphne, author. 1983. Review of: Social and educational issues in bilingualism and biculturalism, Robert St. Clair and others, editors.
• LITTERAL, Robert L., author. 1975. "A proposal for the use of Pidgin in Papua New Guinea’s education system."
• LOVING, Aretta, editor. 1975. Bilingual education: Past studies (articles reprinted from Read magazine).
• MALONE, Dennis L., author. 1997. Namel manmeri: Language and culture maintenance and mother tongue education in the highlands of Papua New Guinea.
• MCCARTHY, Joy, author. 1975. Bilingual education.
• MCCARTHY, Joy, author. 1977. "Bilingual education for Papua New Guinea."
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1975. "The vernacular as an aid to education."
• NAGAI, Yasuko, author. 2003. "Designing a vernacular English bridging programme in Papua New Guinea."
• SIMPSON, Steve, author. 1990. Vernacular preschools: Why all the interest in them?.

Bilingualism

• CHATTERTON, P., author. 1968. "The language factor in territory education."

Biography

• LINDVALL, Richard A., author. 1980. Paulo Freire: The man, the ideas, the methods.

Borrowing

• LITTERAL, Robert L., author. 1987. "Can local languages express scientific, mathematical and other technological concepts?."

Calendars

• 2010 Calendar Onobasulu. n.d.  (Onobasulu)

Case

• BROWN, Robert, author. 1988. "Waris case system and verb classification."
• CLIFTON, John M., author. 1990. Case marking strategies in Kope.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1974. Review of: Grammatical form and grammatical meaning: a tagmemic view of Fillmore’s deep structure case concepts, by J. T. Platt.

Case grammar

• YOUNG, Robert A., author. Available: 2006; Created: 1969?. A tentative case grammar in Benabena.  

Civic education

• Leliʼ Papua Niugini ngamani. 1973.  (Dano)

Clause structure

• OLSON, Michael L., author. 1979. Barai clause junctures: toward a functional theory of interclausal relations.
• PARLIER, James, author. Available: 2007; Created: 1970-01. Managalasi clause.  

Clauses

• Anonymous. 1967. Review of: Telefol clause structure, by Phyllis M. Healey.
• BEAUMONT, John R.; BEAUMONT, Margaret, authors. 1975. Iamalele clause types and structure.  
• DAVIS, Donald R., author. 1964. Wantoat clauses.  
• FARR, Cynthia J., author. 1993. "The switch reference clause chaining phenomenon from a Korafe perspective."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1965. "Kewa clause markers."
• HEALEY, Alan; PARLIER, James, authors. Available: 2008; Created: 1978. Managalasi nominals.  
• HEALEY, Joan, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1967. An introduction to Manga Buang clauses.  
• HEALEY, Phyllis M., author. 1965. "Telefol clause structure."
• HOTZ, Joyce M.; STRINGER, Mary D., authors. Available: 2005; Created: 1971-11. Waffa syntax-clauses.  
• KLEEF, Sjaak van, author. 1989. "Tail-head linkage in Siroi."  
• KOOYERS, Orneal, author. 1975. "Hierarchy of Washkuk (Kwoma) clauses."
• LAWRENCE, Marshall, author. 1971. "Oksapmin clause structure."  
• LITHGOW, David, author. Available: 2007; Created: 1969. Muyuw clause types and structure.  
• MCCARTHY, Joy, author. 1965. "Clause chaining in Kanite."
• PARRINGTON, Douglas; PARRINGTON, Margaret, authors. Available: 2009; Created: 1974-04. Notu-Ewage clauses.  
• ROSS, Malcolm, author. 1993. "Describing interclausal relations in Takia."
• SCORZA, David P., author. Available: 2008; Created: 1976-11. Au language word, phrase, clause.  
• SPEECE, Richard F., author. 1989. Redundant clauses in Angave narratives.
• STAALSEN, Philip, author. 1972. "Clause relationships in Iatmul."
• THURMAN, Robert C., author. 1979. Interclausal relationships in Chuave.

Cognition

• BRUCE, Leslie P., author. 1991. Second International Cognitive Linguistics Association (ICLA) Conference, July 29-August 2, 1991, U. C. Santa Cruz.
• DOWNING, John, author. 1986. "A source of cognitive confusion for beginning readers: Learning in a second language."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1987. Review of: Social context and proclamation: a socio-cognitive study in proclaiming the gospel cross-culturally, by David Filbeck.
• NAGAI, Yasuko, author. 1994. Reading theories and methods and their relationship to cognitive and cultural learning styles.
• POTTS, Denise, author. 1999. "Do you see what I see?."

Cognitive studies

• STALEY, William, author. 1995. Referent management in Olo: a cognitive perspective.
• STALEY, William, author. 2007. Referent management in Olo: a cognitive perspective.  

Cohesion

• BEAUMONT, John R., author. 1988. "Grammatical features of cohesion in Iamalele."
• CONRAD, Robert J.; HUNNEY, Paul; LASZLO, Marilyn, authors. Available: 2008; Created: 1981. Cohesion in Sepik Iwam.  
• DAVIES, Robyn, author. Available: 2009; Created: 2001-03. Cohesion in Ramoaaina.  
• FOSTER, Michael, author. Available: 2009; Created: 1981. Timbe grammar sketch - cohesion in Timbe texts.  
• REESINK, Gerard P., author. 1981. "Grammatical features of cohesion in Usan: Towards a text differential."
• SCOTT, Graham K., author. 1983. "Discourse cohesion in a highland language of P.N.G.."

Communication

• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1995. "Advertisements and values: Observations from Wantok newspaper."
• PINIAU, S., author. 1975. "The Pidgin language and publications in Papua New Guinea."

Community development

• AMBROSE, Mark, author. 2008. "The STEP Project: Developing a Curriculum for Literacy, Leadership and Community Transformation."  
• BARBER, Brad, author. 1992. Review of: Development program planning: a process approach, by David H. Spaeth.
• BOLYANATZ, Alexander H., author. 1998. Economic cooperatives, development, and matriliny in Papua New Guinea.
• DYE, T. Wayne, author. 1985. "A missionary philosophy of development."
• EASTON, Catherine; WROGE, Diane, authors. 2012. Manual for Alphabet Design through Community Interaction for Papua New Guinea Elementary Teacher Trainers.  
• FIRCHOW, Irwin B.; FIRCHOW, Jacqueline, authors. 2008. The Rotokas people of Bougainville Island.  
• HATTON, Suzanne, author. 2012. "A Test Run for Bloom."  
• JOHNSON, Lori, author. 2006. "An overview of the: Prescription for Hope Conference; PNG churches AIDS prevention strategy, sponsored by the Goroka pastors' fraternal/Samaritan's Purse/Billy Graham Association, University of Goroka, 7-11 November 2005."
• KRUZAN, Birgitta, author. 2011. "Bible Sunday on Bougainville."  
• LARSEN, Robert E., author. 1999. Toward defining "sustainable development" in the SIL context.  
• LOCNIKAR, Joanne, compiler. 1996. "Learning activities resource list."
• LYNIP, Karen G.; LYNIP, Stephen A., authors. 1989. "Inoke literacy, community development and health training evaluation report."
• MALONE, Dennis L.; MALONE, Susan E., authors. 2001. "Literacy for development in multilingual contexts: five characteristics of sustainable programs."
• MATTOCKS, Rich, author. 2006. "AIDS shell books and SIL. Do we need to re-think shell books? The Martin Luther approach to changing a culture."
• MEYER, Jens, author. 2012. "Multilingual Education efforts in other developing countries of the world."  
• MEYER, Jens; MEYER, Lizzie, authors. 2006. "Starting points: ideas to get communities talking about the AIDS epidemic."
• NAGAI, Yasuko, author. 1997. Educational change from within: Developing a vernacular elementary school in Papua New Guinea.  
• OLSON, Michael L., author. 1982. "From benefactor to facilitator."
• PRICE, Mavis, author. 2008. "Mathematically Speaking."  
• PRICE, Mavis, editor. 2008. READ 42.  
• PRICE, Mavis, editor. 2010. READ 43.  
• SPAETH, David, author. 1987. "A planning model to guide in program implementation."
• SPAETH, David, author. 1991. Development program planning: a process approach.
• SPAULDING, Craig, author. 1994. "Community directed development through literacy: Fact or myth?."
• SPAULDING, Patricia, author. 1994. "Community directed curriculum development."
• TIETZE, Reinhard, author. 1982. "Training village motivators."
• WATERS, Glenys, author. 2000. The impact of Melanesian cultures on education and development programmes.
• WHITBY, Clyde M., author. 1987. "Aid and community responsibility."
• WHITBY, Clyde M., author. 1987. "Some thoughts on community development and tokples literacy."
• WILSON, Theresa; WOZNA, Beata, authors. 2008. "Bringing the Bible ALIVE through Δραμα!."  
• WILSON, Theresa; WOZNA, Beata, authors. 2008. "Learning with Laughter."  

Community news

• Atzera naŋ gan. 1968.  (Adzera)
• Pas san. 1968.  (Wantoat)

Comparative and historical studies

• Anonymous. 1967. Review of: Comparative and historical problems in East New Guinea highland languages, by Darlene Bee.
• Anonymous. 1974. Review of: a comparative study of Kuman and Pawaian: Non-Austronesian languages of New Guinea, by David Trefry.
• BEE, Darlene, author. 1965. "Comparative and historical problems in East New Guinea highland languages."
• BOLYANATZ, Alexander H., author. 1998. "Where is Claes Pietersz Bay? An episode in the history of the Sursurunga of New Ireland."
• BRUCE, Leslie P., author. 1977. "On the origin of language."
• BUGENHAGEN, Robert D., author. 1993. "The semantics of irrealis in Austronesian languages of Papua New Guinea. A cross-linguistic study."
• CLARK, Stephen A., author. 2012. Participant Reference in Narrative Discourse: A Comparison of Three Methodologies.  
• COCHRAN, Anne M., author. 1978. "A comparative study of Milne Bay phonology."
• DUTTON, Tom, author. 2010. "The dialects of Koiari revisited."  
• DUTTON, Tom; ROSS, Malcolm, authors. 1992. "A note on Hees’ ‘Tolai-Nakanai’ trade language."
• EZARD, Bryan, author. Available: 2009; Created: 1980. Towards Tawala reflexes of Proto Oceanic.  
• FARR, James B.; LARSEN, Robert E., authors. 2009. A selective word list in ten different Binandere languages.  
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1975. "Comments on Proto-Engan."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1990. Review of: a world of language: Papers presented to Professor S.A. Wurm on his 65th birthday, Donald C. Laycock and Werner Winter, editors.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1993. Review of: Language, education and development: urban and rural Tok Pisin in Papua New Guinea, by Suzanne Romaine.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 2001. "Kutubuan (Foe and Fasu) and proto Engan."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 2012. "Counting systems in Engan and Proto-Engan."  
• FRANKLIN, Karl J.; Z’GRAGGEN, J. A., compilers. 1975. Comparative wordlists of the Gulf District and adjacent areas.  
• HEALEY, Alan, author. 1970. "Proto-Awyu-Dumut phonology."
• HOOLEY, Bruce A., author. 1972. "The languages of the Morobe district."
• JOHNSTON, Raymond L., author. 1978. Steps towards the grammar and phonology of proto-Kimbe.
• JOHNSTON, Raymond L., author. 1982. "Proto-Kimbe and the New Guinea hypothesis."
• KERR, Harland B., author. 2012. The pronominal systems of Wik-Munkan, Burera, Lenakol and Kunimaipa: specific and generic function.  
• KERR, Harland B., author. n.d.. Kunimaipa and Four Northern Australian Aboriginal Languages: A brief Comparative Study.  
• LITHGOW, David, author. 1973. "Language change on Woodlark Island."
• LITHGOW, David, author. 1992. "Using grammatical data to determine language relationships in Fergusson and Normanby Island languages of the Papuan Tip Cluster."
• LITTERAL, Robert L., author. 1978. Changes in the Bibriari communicative system.
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1970. "Paragraph and sentence structure in New Guinea Highlands languages."  
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1972. Hierarchy and universality of discourse constituents in New Guinea languages: Discussion.
• LOPEZ, Cecilio, translator. n.d.. Studies on Dempwolff's Vergleichende Lautlehre des Austronesischen Wortschatzes.
• LOVING, Richard, editor. 1975. Comparative wordlists 1.
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1978. Review of: Lexical reconstruction: The case of the Proto-Athapaskan kinship system, by Isidore Dyen and David F. Aberle.
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A.; VOORHOEVE, C. L.; WURM, Stephen A., authors. 1975. "The Trans-New Guinea phylum in general."
• MCKAUGHAN, Howard P., editor. 1973. The languages of the Eastern family of the East New Guinea Highlands stock.
• PALMER, Bill, author. 2008. "Passive possession in Oceanic."
• PATTON, Jack T., author. 1994. "Vernacular languages in primary education in Papua New Guinea: a brief historical overview."
• REESINK, Gerard P., author. 1992. "The Melanesian content in Tok Pisin, by Rick J. Goulden. Pacific Linguistics B-104 [review]."
• ROBERTS, John R., author. 1992. A Comparison of Possible Lexical Borrowings between Amele and Gedaged.  
• ROOSMAN, Raden S., author. 1975. "The Malay element in Melanesian Pidgin."
• ROSS, Malcolm, author. 1992. "The position of Gumawana among the languages of the Papuan Tip Cluster."
• ROSS, Malcolm, author. 1993. "Tonogenesis in the North Huon Gulf Chain."
• RULE, Joan, author. 1965. "A comparison of certain phonemes of the languages of the Mendi and Nembi Valleys, Southern Highlands, Papua."
• SCOTT, Graham K., author. 1979. "Lexical expansion in a non-Austronesian language of Papua New Guinea."
• SIMONS, Gary F.; SIMONS, Linda, authors. 1977. A vocabulary of Biliau, an Austronesian language of New Guinea, with notes on its development from Proto Oceanic.  
• SIMONS, Linda, author. 1983. "A comparison of the pidgins of Solomon Islands and Papua New Guinea."
• SMYTHE, W. E., author; HEALEY, Alan, editor. 1970. "Melanesian, Micronesian and Indonesian features in languages of the Admiralty Islands."
• SNYDER, David M., author. 1992. "Lexicography in Papuan Tip Cluster languages: Where will it lead?."
• STEPHANIW, Roman, author. 1987. A comparison of Imbongu grammar with the Kaugel grammar essentials.  
• TREFRY, David, author. 1965. A comparative study of Kuman and Pawaian: Non-Austronesian languages of New Guinea.
• TREFRY, David, author. 1969. A comparative study of Kuman and Pawaian: Non-Austronesian languages of New Guinea.
• WEIMER, Harry; WEIMER, Natalia, authors. Available: 2006; Created: 1977-02. Phoneme comparisons of the Yareban languages.  
• Z’GRAGGEN, J. A., author. 1975. Comparative wordlists of the Admiralty Island languages, collected by W. E. Smythe.  

Componential analysis

• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1985. "Componential analysis and the game of baseball."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., editor. 1989. Studies in componential analysis.

Computational linguistics

• COOPER, Russell E., author. 1996. "Can a ‘top-down’ CARLA emulate HARLA? Some discourse level considerations for our next generation of parsers."

Computer programs

• BUGENHAGEN, Robert D., author. 2011. "Adapt It: some lessons learned in the Saveeng language program."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 2011. "Adapting the West Kewa New Testament to East Kewa."
• NYSTROM, John, author. 2011. "Eleven-part harmony: blending teamwork, technology, and creativity in a multi-language translation project."

Conjunctions

• FARR, Cynthia J., author. Available: 2009; Created: 1981/12/1. Conjunction in Korafe.  
• HEPNER, Mark, author. Available: 2006; Created: 1996-07. Functions of the Bargam conjunction "teq".  
• HUTCHISSON, Don, author. 1995. "Sursurunga conjunctive elements."
• LEADERS, Marlin R., author. 1990. "Conjunctions in Middle Watut of Papua New Guinea."
• SHIM, Jae Wook, author. Available: 2008; Created: 2000. Conjunctions in Wipi.  

Connectives

• FARR, James B., author. 1980. "She kissed me and I fell asleep: the inter-clausal expression of efficient cause."  

Context

• DEIBLER, Ellis W., author. 1988. Adding contextual information.

Coreference

• BOXWELL, Maurice, author. 1990. Co-referentiality through nominal elements in Weri.  

Counting systems

• HOOLEY, Bruce A., author. 1978. "Number and time in Central Buang."  

Creole languages

• BICKERTON, Derek, author. 1975. "University-level courses in Pidgin & Creole."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1979. "Some comparisons between Chinese Pidgin English and Melanesian Pidgin English."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1984. Review of: On the origin and formation of creoles: a miscellany of articles, by Dirk C. Hesseling, T. L. Markey and Paul T. Roberge.
• FREYBERG, Paul G., author. 1975. "Bai yumi mekim wanem bilong helpim Tok Pisin?."
• SCORZA, David P., author. 1981. Review of: The ethnography of variation: selected writings on pidgins and creoles, Hugh Schuchardt and T. L. Markey, editors.
• SIMONS, Linda, author. 1977. Differences between the pidgins of Papua New Guinea and the Solomon Islands.

Cross-cultural communication

• CAMPBELL, Jo Anne, author. 1991. Review of: The benefits of language learning for literacy specialists, by Kaye Stender.
• CHENOWETH, Vida, author. 1985. Music in cross-cultural communication.
• CONRAD, Robert J., author. 1990. "Problems in translating from Tok Pisin to Mufian."
• DYE, Sally Folger, author. 1983. Conflicting standards of goodness.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1990. "Cross-cultural advertising: Tok Pisin and English in Papua New Guinea."
• LARSEN, Marlys; LARSEN, Robert E., authors. 2000. Build on what they know: indigenous knowledge and training programs.
• LITHGOW, David, author. 1973. "Strengths and weaknesses of an untrained translator."
• LITTERAL, Robert L., author. 1988. Community Partnership in Communications for Ministry.  
• LOVING, Richard, author. 1994. A comparison of Western and Papua New Guinean leadership styles.
• MALONE, Dennis L., author. 1991. "Anthropological implications for literacy."
• MALONE, Susan E., author. 1988. Partners in change: Developing receptor-oriented cross-cultural innovation programs.
• MALONE, Susan E., author. 1997. Cooperation, conflict, and complementarity: a study of relationships among organizations involved in mother tongue literacy and pre-primary education in Papua New Guinea.
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1975. "Appreciating the possibilities of Tok Pisin: Evangelism and the use of Tok Pisin idioms."
• SHAW, R. Daniel, author. 1988. Transculturation: The cultural factor in translation and other communication tasks.
• SHAW, R. Daniel, author. 1990. "Culture and evangelism: a model for missiological strategy."
• SOUTHWELL, Neville, author. 1991. Media for the message.
• STENDER, Kaye, author. 1988. The benefits of language learning for literacy specialists.
• WATERS, Glenys, author. 2000. The impact of Melanesian cultures on education and development programmes.

Culture and folklore

• Migabac Siduc. 2005.  (Migabac)
• Pilipilidai yo wasa yo kulikuli udoi udoi Story Writing Competition bolimai 2003 unai se kulidi wa = Legends, true stories, and different other kinds of texts that were written in the story writing co. 2005.  (Saliba)

Culture change

• CHENOWETH, Vida, author. 1996. "Cultural change and music literacy."
• CHENOWETH, Vida, author. 2001. Cultural change and music literacy.
• COOPER, Russell E., author. 1994. Hang five: Five attitude shifts that can make trainer training work.
• FIRCHOW, Irwin B.; FIRCHOW, Jacqueline, authors. 2008. The Rotokas people of Bougainville Island.  
• LITTERAL, Robert L., author. 1990. "Tok Pisin: The language of modernization."
• MATTOCKS, Rich, author. 2006. "AIDS shell books and SIL. Do we need to re-think shell books? The Martin Luther approach to changing a culture."

Deixis

• BUGENHAGEN, Robert D., author. 2010. "Talking about motion and location in Tuam."  
• COLBURN, Michael A., author. 1981. The functions and meanings of the Erima deictic articles.
• COOPER, Russell E., author. 1992. "‘That’s’ what I’m talking about: Discourse level deixis in Buhutu."
• FARR, Cynthia J.; PRYOR, Bonita, authors. 1989. "Botin deictics: Go and come."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1994. "Synchronic and diachronic observations on Kewa and proto-Engan deictics."

Demonstratives

• FARR, Cynthia J.; WHITEHEAD, Carl R., authors. 1981. "This, that, and the other: a study of Korafe demonstratives."
• HEMMILÄ, Ritva, author. 1989. "The demonstrative pronouns ‘pa’ and ‘ti’ in Urim discourse."
• PARRINGTON, Douglas, author. Available: 2009; Created: 1980. The functions of the Ewage demonstratives: AWA 'that' and AWAWA 'those'.  

Descriptive linguistics

• REESINK, Gerard P., editor. 1993. Topics in descriptive Austronesian linguistics.
• REESINK, Gerard P., editor. 1994. Topics in descriptive Papuan linguistics.

Dialect intelligibility

• HOEL, Hanna Marie; IKAHEIMONEN, Tarja; NOZAWA, Michiyo, authors. Available: 2007; Created: 1997-12. Mende dialect survey.  

Dialect surveys

• ABBOTT, Stan, author. 1985. "Nor-Pondo lexicostatistical survey."
• ADAMS, Karen L.; LAUCK, Linda M., authors. 1985. "Dialect survey of Mumeng dialect chain."
• BRADSHAW, Robert, author. 2009. Doromu-Koki dialect survey report.  
• COMRIE, Bernard; DAVIES, H. John, authors. 1985. "A linguistic survey of the Upper Yuat."
• DUBERT, Marjorie; DUBERT, Raymond, authors. Available: 2008; Created: 1981. Dialect survey of the Biangai language.  
• DUTTON, Tom, author. 2010. "The dialects of Koiari revisited."  
• EZARD, Bryan, author. Available: 2009; Created: 1981-10. The Tawala dialects: an initial enquiry.  
• FELDPAUSCH, Becky; FELDPAUSCH, Thomas, authors. Available: 2009; Created: 1999. Dialect survey of the Namia language.  
• FOREMAN, Velma M., author. Available: 2007; Created: 1978-03. Yessan-Mayo dialect survey.  
• GRAHAM, Mack, author. Available: 2009; Created: 1998. Dialect survey of the Kandawo language, Western Highlands Province.  
• HENRY, Joan, author. Available: 2009; Created: 2000-03. Dialect survey - Kombio language: East Sepik province, Papua New Guinea.  
• HUCKETT, Joyce, author. 2008. Dialects of the Iduna language.  
• LOVING, Richard, editor. 1976. Surveys in five P.N.G. languages.
• RATH, Daniel D., author. Available: 2009; Created: 1991. Mengen dialect survey.  
• ROBERTS, John R., author. 1991. "A study of the dialects of Amele."
• ROUTAMAA, Ismo; ROUTAMAA, Judith, authors. Available: 2008; Created: 1996-07. Dialect survey report of the Kamula language, Western province.  
• SANDERS, Arden G.; SANDERS, Joy, authors. 1980. "Dialect survey of the Kamasau language."
• SCORZA, David P., author. Available: 2008; Created: 1980. Au dialect survey report.  
• SOUTHWELL, Gwyneth; SOUTHWELL, Neville, authors. Available: 2008; Created: 1976. Komba dialect survey.  
• STOBER, Scot, author. Available: 2009; Created: 2005. Mato dialect survey: Morobe province.  

Dictionaries and vocabularies

• AKOITAI, David; FIRCHOW, Irwin B.; FIRCHOW, Jacqueline, compilers. 1973. Vocabulary of Rotokas--Pidgin--English.  
• ALLEN, Jerry; KOESANA, Maurice; LATU, Marcello; TSIRUMITS, Maurice, compilers. 1982. Halia language: Halia to English, English to Halia.
• AMBIA, Adrian; SISIKILA, Giot; WILSON, Patricia R., authors. Available: 2008; Created: 1991-09. Ambulas-Wosera-Mamu dictionary: Wosera-Mamu, Tok Pisin, English.  
• ANDERSON, Michael, author. Available: 2007; Created: 1990?. Sudest-English dictionary.  
• Anonymous. 1974. Review of: Selepet-English dictionary, by Kenneth A. McElhanon and Noreen A. McElhanon.
• BAI, Hosabi; WHITBY, Clyde M., compilers. Available: 2008; Created: 1990. Dadibi - Tok Pisin - English: po dage dabe.  
• BAKANDU, Neiman; WILSON, Patricia R., authors. Available: 2008; Created: 1990. Ambulas Wosera-Kamu-J dictionary: Wosera-Kamu-J, Tok Pisin, English.  
• BANALA, Nelson; DREW, Dorothy E.; MATTOCKS, Joyce; MATTOCKS, Rich; PAYNE, Audrey, compilers. 2007. Kamano-Kafeˀ Kemofo Agafaˀe Dictionary for Kamano-Kafeˀ English Tok Pisin.  
• BARKER, Fay; LEE, Janet, compilers. 1985. Waskia Diksenari -- Waskia, Tok Pisin, English.
• BARKER, Fay; LEE, Janet, compilers. Available: 2009; Created: 1974, 1985. Waskia diksenari: Waskia, Tok Pisin, English.  
• BEAUMONT, John R.; BEAUMONT, Margaret, compilers. Available: 2007; Created: 1988-10-06. Iamalele-English dictionary.  
• BRETT, Richard; BROWN, Raymond; BROWN, Ruth; FOREMAN, Velma M., authors. 1962. A dictionary of Police Motu.
• BROWN, Robert; WAI, Honoratus, compilers. 1986. Diksenari: Walsana moa Pisinna moa Englisna moa (A short dictionary of the Walsa [Waris] language, Tok Pisin and English).
• BROWN, Robert; WALSA Translation Team, compilers. 2007-. Diksenari Walsana moa, Pisinna moa, Englisna moa = A short dictionary of the Walsa (Waris) language, Tok Pisin and English.  
• BUGENHAGEN, Robert D.; BUGENHAGEN, Salme E., compilers. 2007. Ro ta ipiyooto sua Mbula Uunu = Mbula-English dictionary.  
• CALLISTER, Sandra, compiler. 2005. Baaba ana talisi ana buki.  
• DAVIS, Donald R., compiler. Available: 2008; Created: 1958-1974. Wantoat - English - Tok Pisin dictionary.  
• DEIBLER, Ellis W., compiler. 2008. Dictionaries of Alekano - English and English - Alekano.  
• DREW, Dorothy E.; PAYNE, Audrey, authors. 1973. A small Kamano dictionary.
• DREW, Dorothy E.; PAYNE, Audrey, compilers. 1986. Kamano-Kafeʼ Kemofo agafaʼe (Kamano-Kafeʼ--Tok Pisin--English).
• DREW, Dorothy E.; PAYNE, Audrey, compilers; BANALA, Nelson; MATTOCKS, Joyce; MATTOCKS, Rich, editors. 2005. Kamano-Kafeˀ Kemofo Agafaˀe dictionary for Kamano-Kafeˀ English Tok Pisin.  
• FARR, Cynthia J.; FARR, James B., compilers. 2008. Korafe-Yegha da dikiseneri (The Korafe-Yegha dictionary).  
• FELDPAUSCH, Becky, author. 2001. Almalu kali, eyo kali, i walowei luk kali (Namia, Tok Pisin, and English dictionary).
• FELDPAUSCH, Becky, compiler. 2006. Almalu kali, eyo kali, i walowei luk kali (Namia, Tok Pisin, and English dictionary).  
• FIRCHOW, Irwin B.; FIRCHOW, Jacqueline, compilers. 2008. Rotokas - English dictionary.  
• FRAMPTON, Joanna, compiler. 2007-. Maisin Lexicon.  
• FRANKLIN, Joice A.; FRANKLIN, Karl J.; KIRAPEASI, Yapua, compilers. 1978. A Kewa dictionary, with supplementary grammatical and anthropological materials.
• FRANKLIN, Joice A.; FRANKLIN, Karl J.; KIRAPEASI, Yapua, compilers. 2006-. A Kewa dictionary, with supplementary grammatical and anthropological materials.  
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1992. Traim tasol: Vocabulary testing in Tok Pisin.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J.; KIRAPEASI, Yapua, compilers. 2009. A Tok Pisin and West Kewa common usage diglot dictionary = Tok Pisin na Tok Kewa diksenari (pisini agaapara adaa agaa laapo i buku).  
• FRANTZ, Chester I.; FRANTZ, Marjorie, compilers. Available: 2006; Created: 1962-06-19. Gadsup dictionary.  
• GALLAGHER, Steve, compiler. 2008. Bariai dictionary West New Britain province, Papua New Guinea.  
• GARLAND, Roger; GARLAND, Susan, compilers. Available: 2009-; Created: 1983. Mountain Koiali - English dictionary, English - Mountain Koiali dictionary.  
• GIBSON, Gwen; MCCARTHY, Joy, compilers. 2003. Kanite and Inoke to English dictionary and English to Kanite and Inoke dictionary.
• GLENNON, John, compiler; GLENNON, Ariana, other. 2005. Nehan dictionary.  
• HARDIN, Barbara; LOEWEKE, Eunice; MAY, Jean; PRICE, Mavis; RICHARDSON, Edwin; RICHARDSON, Susan; WEISENBURGER, Linda, compilers. 2008. Maia - English - Tok Pisin dictionary.  
• HASHIMOTO, Kazuo, compiler. 1996. Ata-English dictionary.
• HASHIMOTO, Kazuo, compiler. Available: 2009; Created: 1996. Ata - English dictionary with English - Ata finderlist.  
• HEALEY, Alan, author. Available: 2009; Created: 1981. Telefol medical vocabulary.  
• HEALEY, Alan; HEALEY, Phyllis M., compilers. 1977. Telefol dictionary.
• HEALEY, Phyllis M.; STEINKRAUS, Walter, authors. 1972. A preliminary vocabulary of Tifal, with grammar notes.
• HENDERSON, Anne; HENDERSON, James E., compilers. 1987. Rossel language, Milne Bay Province: Rossel to English, English to Rossel.
• HEPNER, Mark, author. Available: 2007; Created: 2002-06. Bargam dictionary.  
• HOOLEY, Bruce A., compiler. 2006-. Mapos Buang dictionary.  
• HOOPUSU, Ttopoqogo; RICHERT, Ernest L., compilers; BJORKMAN, Doris; TTOPOQOGO, Mumure, editors. 2002. Noo supu: a triglot dictionary.  
• HOTZ, Joyce M.; STRINGER, Mary D., compilers. 1979. Waffa, Tok Pisin, English.
• HOTZ, Joyce M.; STRINGER, Mary D., compilers. Available: 2006; Created: 1979. Waffa, Tok Pisin, English.  
• HUCKETT, Joyce; LUCHT, Ramona, compilers; AWADOUDO, Adiloʼa, editor. Available: 2009; Created: 1992. Iduna - English, English - Iduna dictionary.  
• JÄRVINEN, Liisa; KWAN, Poh San, compilers. Available: 2007; Created: 1980-199?. Mauwake lexicon.  
• KAMBU, Anton; KERRY, Andrew; YUANIGI, Nix, compilers; WILSON, Patricia R., editor. Available: 2008; Created: 1992. Ambulas-Wingei dictionary: Wingei, Tok Pisin, English.  
• KLEEF, Sjaak van, compiler. 2007. Siroi - English dictionary, English - Siroi dictionary.  
• KUNDAMA, John; SAPAYÉ, Adéru; WILSON, Patricia R., compilers. 1987. Kudi Kupuk: Ambulas (Maprik dialect)--Tok Pisin--English.
• KUNDAMA, John; SAPAYÉ, Adéru; WILSON, Patricia R., compilers. Available: 2006; Created: 1968–1987. Ambulas dictionary.  
• LAWRENCE, Marshall, compiler. 1993. Oksapmin dictionary.  
• LAWRENCE, Marshall, compiler. 2005. Oksapmin dictionary.  
• LAWRENCE, Marshall, compiler. 2006. Oksapmin dictionary.  
• LILLIE, Patricia, author. Available: 2005; Created: 1976-1999. Girawa dictionary.  
• LITHGOW, Daphne, compiler. 2007. Bunama - English dictionary, English - Bunama dictionary.  
• LITHGOW, Daphne; LITHGOW, David, authors. 1974. Muyuw language.  
• LITHGOW, Daphne; LITHGOW, David, compilers. 1998. Dobu—English dictionary.  
• LITHGOW, Daphne; LITHGOW, David, compilers. 2007. Dobu lexicon.  
• LITHGOW, Daphne; LITHGOW, David, compilers. 2007. Muyuw-English dictionary.  
• LITTERAL, Shirley, author. 1976. Review of: Bontok-English dictionary, by Lawrence A. Reid, compiler.  
• LITTERAL, Shirley, author. 1979. Review of: Kate dictionary, W. Flierl and H. Strauss, editors.  
• LLOYD, J. A., compiler. 1992. A Baruya-Tok Pisin-English dictionary.
• LLOYD, J. A., compiler. Available: 2007; Created: 1992-2007. Baruya Lexicon.  
• LOEWEKE, Eunice; MAY, Jean, compilers. Available: 2006; Created: 1981. Fasu Namo Me dictionary.  
• LOVELL, Larry; NENEGEMO, Tau, compilers. 1995. Minaveha field notes.
• LOVING, Aretta; LOVING, Richard, compilers. 1975. Awa dictionary.
• MADDEN, Fred, compiler. Available: 2006; Created: 2002. Mengen dictionary.  
• MARKS, Doreen, author. 2007. Kosena body parts/Kosena relationship terms.  
• MARKS, Doreen, compiler. Available: 2008; Created: 1969-1975. Kosena English dictionary.  
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1976. "Introduction."
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A.; MCELHANON, Noreen A., authors. 1970. Selepet-English dictionary.
• MCGUCKIN, C. Edward; MCGUCKIN, Catherine, compilers. 1992. Gapapaiwa field notes.
• MURANE, Elizabeth; MURANE, John, compilers. Available: 2007-; Created: 1963-1977. Daga - English dictionary.  
• NOZAWA, Michiyo, compiler; APINGUA, Clement; APINQUA, David; LEVERMBU, Francis; WANEWAIN, Peter, editors. 2006. Mende triglot dictionary.  
• OLKKONEN, Kaija; OLKKONEN, Soini, compilers. 2003. Somba siawari keugö könaŋi Iŋklis keunöŋ: diksönöri mutukŋi.
• OLKKONEN, Kaija; OLKKONEN, Soini, compilers. 2004. Iŋklis keugö könaŋi Somba Siawari keunöŋ: Iŋklis SomSi Diksönöri bohonŋi.  
• OLKKONEN, Kaija; OLKKONEN, Soini, compilers. 2007. Somba-Siawari (Burum Mindik)—English dictionary.  
• PARLIER, James; PARLIER, Judith, compilers. 1981. Managalasi dictionary.  
• PETTERSON, Robert G., compiler. Available: 2007; Created: 1989. Rumu Lexicon.  
• RICHERT, Ernest L., compiler; BJORKMAN, Doris, editor. 2007. Guhu-Samene Lexicon.  
• ROBERTS, John R., author. 1993. Review of: Hua-English dictionary, by John Haiman.
• SANDERS, Arden G.; SANDERS, Joy, compilers. 1996. Wand Tuan wand puate: Yumbo yumbo buagi raqe wund (As tok bilong Tok Ples Wand Tuan: Kamasau practical tri-glot dictionary).  
• SCOTT, Graham K., author. 1980. Fore dictionary.
• SIMONS, Gary F.; SIMONS, Linda, authors. 1977. A vocabulary of Biliau, an Austronesian language of New Guinea, with notes on its development from Proto Oceanic.  
• SMITH, Jean; WESTON, Pamela, compilers. 2009. Mianmin - English English - Mianmin Tok Pidgin - Mianmin dictionary.  
• SOUTHWELL, Gwyneth; SOUTHWELL, Neville, compilers. Available: 2008; Created: 1969. Komba dictionary.  
• SPEECE, Richard F., compiler. 2006-. Angave dictionary.  
• TAUBERSCHMIDT, Gerhard, compiler. 1995. Sinaugoro dictionary.
• TAUBERSCHMIDT, Gerhard, compiler. Available: 2007; Created: 1987-1995. Sinaugoro dictionary.  
• WEIMER, Harry; WEIMER, Natalia, compilers. 1974. Yareba language.
• WHITBY, Clyde M., author. Available: 2006; Created: 1990. Dadibi - Tok Pisin - English dictionary: po dage dabe.  
• WHITNEY, Henry, compiler. Available: 2002; Created: 1995. Akoye triglot dictionary.  
• WILSON, Darryl; WILSON, Lael, compilers. Available: 2008-; Created: 1973. Suena - English dictionary and English - Suena dictionary.  
• WILSON, Patricia R., author. Available: 2008; Created: 1998-10-31. Ambulas-Wosera-Kamu-K dictionary.  
• YOUNG, Robert A.; YOUNG, Rosemary, compilers. Available: 2006; Created: 1975?. Benabena dictionary.  

Discourse

• BOXWELL, Helen, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1975. Information blocking in Weri.  
• CONRAD, Robert J.; HUNNEY, Paul; LASZLO, Marilyn, authors. Available: 2008; Created: 1981. Cohesion in Sepik Iwam.  
• CONRAD, Robert J.; HUNNEY, Paul; LASZLO, Marilyn, authors. Available: 2008; Created: 1981. The use of 'ɨna' and 'ɨni' in Sepik Iwam discourse.  
• DUBERT, Marjorie, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1976. Biangai epistolary discourse.  
• DUBERT, Marjorie, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1976. Biangai expository discourse.  
• DUBERT, Marjorie, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1976. Biangai hortatory discourse.  
• DUBERT, Marjorie, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1976. Bianngai procedural discourse.  
• DUBERT, Marjorie, author. Available: 2009; Created: 1977-02. Biangai paragraph types.  
• EDMISTON, Patrick, author. Available: 2009; Created: 1997. Alamblak discourse features.  
• GIBSON, Gwen; HARRIS, Joy J.; MCCARTHY, Joy, authors. Available: 2008; Created: 1970. Kanite sentence, paragraph, and discourse types.  
• HUISMAN, Ronald D., author. Available: 2009; Created: 1981-03. Angaataha discourse types.  
• LITHGOW, Daphne, author. Available: 2007; Created: 1970. The discourse in Muyuw.  
• RIGDEN, Veda, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1986. Karkar-Yuri grammar cohesion referentials.  
• RIGDEN, Veda, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1986. Karkar-Yuri grammar relators.  
• ROUTAMAA, Judith, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1997-09. Events and participants in Kamula discourse.  
• SCORZA, David P., author. Available: 2008; Created: 1974. Au paragraphs and discourses.  
• SHIM, Jae Wook, author. Available: 2008; Created: 2000. Conjunctions in Wipi.  

Discourse analysis

• ADAMS, Karen L., author. 1976. An analysis of Patep narrative texts.  
• ALLEN, Janice, author. 1972. "Relationships between sentence and discourse in Halia."
• AUSTING, John F., author. 1976. The theme-line of Second Corinthians.
• AUSTING, John F.; AUSTING, June., authors. 1977. Semantics of Ömie discourse.
• BLEWETT, Stephen C., author. 1991. "Irrealis in Manam discourse."
• BOXWELL, Maurice, author. 1980. "Identification and movement of participants in Weri narrative discourse."
• CHUNG, Chul-Hwa, author. Available: 2012; Created: 1999-04. Participant reference in Kuot narrative.  
• CHUNG, Chul-Hwa, author. Available: 2012; Created: 1999-04. The discourse function of 'ara' in Kuot narrative.  
• CONRAD, Robert J., author. 1984. Kinds of information and participant identification in discourse.
• CONRAD, Robert J., author. 1987. "Kinds of information in Bukiyip oral narrative discourse."
• CONRAD, Robert J.; HUNNEY, Paul; LASZLO, Marilyn, authors. Available: 2009; Created: 1981. Pronoun systems in Sepik Iwam discourse.  
• DAVIS, Donald R., author. 1973. "Wantoat paragraph structure."
• DECKER, Margaret, author. 1979. "Clause chaining in Papuan languages."
• DEIBLER, Ellis W. Jr., author. Available: 1970; Created: 1959-1970. Aspects of discourse structure in Gahuku.
• DYE, Sally; DYE, Wayne, authors. Available: 1970; Created: 1964-1970. Verb, sentence and paragraph in Bahinemo.
• EDMISTON, Patrick, author. 1982. "Kosena paragraph structure."
• FARR, Cynthia J., author. 1996. The interface between syntax and discourse in Korafe: a Papuan language of Papua New Guinea.
• FARR, James B., author. Available: 2008; Created: 1981. Getting rid of paragraph in Korafe: a practical use for the concept of focus spaces.  
• FAST, Lesley, author. Available: 2012; Created: 1997. Logical relations in Tungag discourse.  
• FAST, Lesley, author. Available: 2012; Created: 1997-04. Fronting of non-subject clause elements in Tungag discourse.  
• FAST, Lesley, author. Available: 2012; Created: 1997-04. Participant reference in Tungag narrative.  
• FOSTER, Michael, author. 2009. Indicating prominence in Timbe texts.  
• GARLAND, Susan, author. 1980. Mountain Koiali grammar: Sentences, paragraphs, and discourses.  
• GEARY, Elaine, author. 1977. Kunimaipa grammar: Morphophonemics to discourse.
• GIBSON, Patty, author. 2008. Participant Identification in Bwaidoka Discourse.  
• GODDARD, Jean, author. 1976. Higher levels of Agarabi grammar.  
• GODDARD, Jean, author. 1977. Notes on Agarabi grammar.
• GRIFFIN, Margie, author. 1970. Buin discourse and paragraphs.
• GRIMES, Joseph E., author. 1972. "Outlines and overlays."
• HEALEY, Joan, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1984. Some aspects of topic continuity in Mangga Buang discourse.  
• HEALEY, Phyllis M., author. Available: 2011; Created: 1970-10. Structural Diversity in Telefol Sentence, Paragraph and Discourse.
• HEMMILÄ, Ritva, author. 1989. "The demonstrative pronouns ‘pa’ and ‘ti’ in Urim discourse."
• HENRY, Joan, author. Available: 2012; Created: 1992-10. Kombio Grammar Essentials.  
• HEPNER, Mark, author. 1988. "Some observations on the structure and poetics of Exodus 1 and 2."
• HOTZ, Joyce M.; STRINGER, Mary D., authors. Available: 2005; Created: 1970. Waffa sentence, paragraph and discourse.  
• HOWARD, David Edward, author. 2002. Continuity and given-new status of discourse referents in Adzera oral narrative.  
• HUCKETT, Joyce, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1978. Iduna paragraph and discourse structure.  
• HUDSON, Joyce, author. 1970. Walmatjari paragraph types.
• HUISMAN, Roberta D., author. 1973. "Angaataha narrative discourse."
• HURD, Conrad, author. 1970. Nasioi sentences.
• IRWIN, Barry S., author. 1980. An introduction to information structure in Salt-Yui discourse.  
• KIM, Namsoo, author; KIM, Duckshin; KIM, Namsoo, facilitators. Available: 2012; Created: 1998-09. Sentence level construction and participant reference in Waima discourse.  
• KLEEF, Jacqueline van; KLEEF, Sjaak van, authors. 2012. "The use of a conceptual metaphor in the Siroi language of Papua New Guinea: Narrative is climbing a mountain."
• LAWRENCE, Marshall, author. 1970. Oksapmin discourse and paragraph structure.
• LAWRENCE, Marshall, author. 1977. Quotations in Oksapmin.  
• LEWIS, Ronald K., author. 1972. "Sanio-Hiowe paragraph structure."
• LITTERAL, Robert L., author. 1964. How anthropological and linguistic analysis illuminates Paul’s use of redemptive terms.
• LITTERAL, Robert L., author. 1972. "Time in Anggor discourse."  
• LITTERAL, Robert L., author. 1977. The development of discourse analysis.  
• LITTERAL, Robert L., author. 1980. Features of Anggor discourse.  
• LITTERAL, Robert L., author. 2008. Features of Angor discourse.  
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1972. Hierarchy and universality of discourse constituents in New Guinea languages: Discussion.
• MADDEN, Fred, author. Available: 2009; Created: 2000. Logical relations in Mengen.  
• MADDEN, Fred, author. Available: 2009; Created: 2001. Discourse considerations in Mengen.  
• MARKS, Doreen, author. 1970. Kosena sentence, paragraph and discourse.
• NAKAMURA, Takashi; NAKAMURA, Yaeko, authors. 2002. Aspect and Mode in Maiwa Discourse.  
• PHILLIPS, Donald J., author; HEALEY, Alan, consultant. 1970. Wahgi paragraphs.
• PIKE, Evelyn G., author. 1997. "The grammatical structure of a New Guinea Pidgin procedural discourse."
• PRICE, Dorothy, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1987. Characteristics of discourse types in Karkar.  
• ROBERTS, John R., author. 1997. The syntax of discourse structure.
• SCHOLZ, Lyle, author; HEALEY, Alan, consultant. Available: 1970; Created: 1962-1970. Kalam higher level grammar: Part I, Kalam sentence types; Part II, Kalam paragraph types; Part III, Kalam discourse types.
• SCOTT, Graham, author. 1978. The Fore language of Papua New Guinea.
• SPEECE, Richard F., author. 1989. Redundant clauses in Angave narratives.
• WELLS, M., author; PECK, C., editor. Available: 2011; Created: 1970-06. Siroi paragraph types.
• WEST, Dorothy, author. 1973. Wojokeso sentence, paragraph, and discourse analysis.
• WHITBY, Clyde M., author. 1984. Features of Dadibi epistolary discourse.
• WILSON, Darryl, author. 1976. Paragraph and discourse structure in Suena.  

Discourse structure

• EDMISTON, Patrick, author. 1982. "Kosena paragraph structure."
• HEALEY, Joan, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1984. Some aspects of topic continuity in Mangga Buang discourse.  
• HEMMILÄ, Ritva, author. 1989. "The demonstrative pronouns ‘pa’ and ‘ti’ in Urim discourse."
• HOWARD, David Edward, author. 2002. Continuity and given-new status of discourse referents in Adzera oral narrative.  
• HUCKETT, Joyce, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1978. Iduna paragraph and discourse structure.  
• LAWRENCE, Marshall, author. 1977. Quotations in Oksapmin.  
• LEWIS, Ronald K., author. 1972. "Sanio-Hiowe paragraph structure."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1972. Hierarchy and universality of discourse constituents in New Guinea languages: Discussion.
• LOVING, Richard, editor. 1976. Grammatical studies in Suena and Iduna.
• PIKE, Evelyn G., author. 1997. "The grammatical structure of a New Guinea Pidgin procedural discourse."
• ROBERTS, John R., author. 1997. The syntax of discourse structure.

Distinctive features

• BEE, Darlene, author. 1965. "Usarufa distinctive features and phonemes."
• DAVIS, Donald R., author. 1969. "The distinctive features of Wantoat phonemes."

Education

• AHAI, Naihuwo, author. 1991. "Literacy in an emergent society."
• ATKINSON, Joy, author. 1997. "STEP course update."
• BOUSH, Susan, author. 1997. "Training for prospective prepschool teachers."
• DOMMERHOLT, Annie, author. 1993. "The Tok Ples learning to read programme we are developing."
• ELIASON, James, author. 1990. "Review of: Papua New Guinea Journal of Education, October 1989 issue."
• HEAD, June; HEAD, Robert, authors. 2001. "Our involvement in elementary teacher training 1999-2001."
• HEATH, Shirley Brice, author. 2001. "Ways of learning how."
• JONDUO, Willie, author. 1994. "Children who have gone to vernacular Tokples School stay in school longer."
• JONDUO, Willie, author. 1994. "How effective is teacher training for vernacular school teachers?."
• JONDUO, Willie, author. 1997. "Literacy issues in Papua New Guinea."
• KERUWA, Rambai, author. 2001. "Learning and knowing through four generations in PNG."
• LISTER, Ronah; NAGAI, Yasuko, authors. 2004. "From vernacular to English: a model of innovation from within the hearts of the indigenous teachers in Papua New Guinea."
• LITTERAL, Robert L., author. 1978. Language and education in Papua New Guinea.
• LITTERAL, Robert L., author. 1999. Language development in Papua New Guinea.  
• MALONE, Dennis L., author. 1991. "Literacy and education in P.N.G.: An update."
• MALONE, Dennis L., author. 2004. The In-Between People: Language and Culture Maintenance and Mother-Tongue Education in the Highlands of Papua New Guinea.  
• MALONE, Susan E., author. 1997. Cooperation, conflict, and complementarity: a study of relationships among organizations involved in mother tongue literacy and pre-primary education in Papua New Guinea.
• MALONE, Susan E., editor. 1987. Developing tokples education programmes in Papua New Guinea.
• MCCARTHY, Joy, author. 1995. "Vernacular elementary education."
• MCCARTHY, Joy; REMPEL, Robin, authors. 1994. "Diploma for Trainers of Elementary Teachers (DTET): Information-a compilation of writings."
• MEYER, Jens; MEYER, Lizzie, authors. 2006. "Starting points: ideas to get communities talking about the AIDS epidemic."
• MURANE, John, editor. 1978. Language planning and grammatical typologies.
• NAGAI, Yasuko, author. 1997. Educational change from within: Developing a vernacular elementary school in Papua New Guinea.  
• NAGAI, Yasuko, author. 1998. "Community-based curriculum development in Papua New Guinea: a case study."
• NAGAI, Yasuko, author. 1999. "Developing a community-based vernacular school: a case study of the Maiwala elementary school in Papua New Guinea."
• NAGAI, Yasuko, author. 1999. "Research partnerships with local people: new approaches to research in indigenous societies."
• NAGAI, Yasuko, author. 2000. "New approaches to university research in indigenous settings: an example from Papua New Guinea."
• NAGAI, Yasuko, author. 2000. "Towards the maintenance of the Maiwala language: the role of a vernacular elementary school in Papua New Guinea."
• NAGAI, Yasuko, author. 2001. "Developing assessment and evaluation strategies for vernacular elementary school classrooms: a collaborative study in Papua New Guinea."
• NAGAI, Yasuko, author. 2001. "Vernacular education and development: dilemmas, struggles and innovations in Papua New Guinea."
• NAGAI, Yasuko, author. 2004. "Vernacular education in Papua New Guinea: is it really effective?."
• NAKIN, Lucy, author. 2001. "An overview of the Certificate of Elementary Teacher Training programme."
• PATTON, Jack T., author. 1994. "The philosopher’s stone: a brief history of the Western tradition of education as it affects Papua New Guinea."
• PATTON, Jack T., author. 1994. "Vernacular languages in primary education in Papua New Guinea: a brief historical overview."
• PATTON, Jack T., author. 2000. "Time-line of the development of vernacular primary education in Papua New Guinea and SIL’s involvement."
• PFANTZ, Daryl, author. 1992. Educational language policy in Papua New Guinea: how far can the vernacular pre-school concept be extended?.
• RAY, Ruth, author. 2001. "CETT vernacular language and literacy training."
• SANDERS, Arden G., author. 1988. Learning styles in Melanesia: Toward the use and implications of Kolb’s model for national translator training.
• SOWDEN, Judith, author. 2001. "Elementary teacher education in Papua New Guinea."
• SPAULDING, Craig, author. 1994. "Community directed development through literacy: Fact or myth?."
• SPAULDING, Patricia, author. 1994. "Community directed curriculum development."
• WATERS, Glenys, editor. 1995. A survey of vernacular education programming at the provincial level within Papua New Guinea.
• WROGE, Diane, author. 1990. "National workshop on educational research--Tokples preschools."

Emics

• CHENOWETH, Vida, author. 1997. "The etic-emic distinction applied to music analysis."

Endangered languages

• CAHILL, Michael, author. 2000. From endangered to less endangered: case studies from Brazil and Papua New Guinea.
• CAHILL, Michael, author. 2004. From endangered to less endangered: case histories from Brazil and Papua New Guinea.  

English language learning

• Amazing Onobasulu Children- An Introduction to the English ABCs. 2010.  (English)  
• Amazing Onobasulu Children- An Introduction to the English ABCs. 2010.  (Onobasulu)  
• Domala Nafulu Misiyoda Halowalolosi Uluba Miliyoda Daiyo = Health and Safety Game . 2010.  (Onobasulu)

Ergativity

• ANDERSON, Neil; WADE, Martha, authors. 1988. "Ergativity and control in Folopa."
• BALA, Alfred; TAUBERSCHMIDT, Gerhard, authors. 1992. "Transitivity and ergativity in Sinaugoro."
• FOSTER, Michael, author. Available: 2009; Created: 1986. Ergativity and control in Timbe.  
• JAMES, Dorothy J.; POTTS, Denise, authors. 1988. "Split ergativity in Siane: a study in markedness."
• SCOTT, Graham K., author. 1986. "On ergativity in Fore and other Papuan languages."

Ethnobotany

• CLOSE, Ann; CLOSE, Kevin; GÉLÉGE, Nabasél, authors. 1975. "Medicinal plants of the Maprik area."
• LOVING, Richard, author. 1976. "Use of bamboo by the Awa."

Ethnography

• ALLEN, Jerry, author. 1972. "Buka: Reclaiming self-respect."
• BJORKMAN, Doris, author. 1968. Fear and faith of Gajili tribespeople.
• BOLYANATZ, Alexander H., author. 1994. "Defending against grief on New Ireland: The place of mortuary feasting in Sursurunga society."
• BOLYANATZ, Alexander H., author. 1994. "Legitimacy, coercion, and leadership among the Sursurunga of southern New Ireland."
• BOLYANATZ, Alexander H., author. 1994. Matriliny and mortuary feasting among the Sursurunga of New Ireland, Papua New Guinea.
• BOLYANATZ, Alexander H., author. 1995. "Matriliny and revisionist anthropology."
• BOLYANATZ, Alexander H., author. 1995. Hegemony and voice in Papua New Guinea [reviews of: Voices of conflict, by Andrew Strathern and Review of: Constructing inequality: The fabrication of a hierarchy of virtue among the Etoro, by Raymond C. Kelly].
• BOLYANATZ, Alexander H., author. 1996. "Musings on matriliny: Understandings and social relations among the Sursurunga of New Ireland."
• BOLYANATZ, Alexander H., author. 1996. Review of: Articulating change in the ‘last unknown’, by Frederick K. Errington and Deborah B. Gewertz.
• BOLYANATZ, Alexander H., author. 2000. Mortuary feasting on New Ireland: the activation of Matriliny among the Sursurunga.
• BORAM, C.; LAWRENCE, Marshall, authors. 1977. "Difficulties in communication and social perception in Oksapmin society."
• BRUCE, Kathleen, author. 1992. Values and value change in Christian conversion.
• BRUCE, Leslie P., author. 1974. "Alamblak kinsmen: To give is better than to receive (and you’ll get it back)."
• CLIFTON, John M., author. 1991. Review of: Three elema myths, by Herbert A. Brown.
• COOK, Carolyn D., author. 1996. "The divided island of New Guinea: People, development and deforestation."
• EDONI, William, author. 2001. "Change agents."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1965. "Kewa social organization."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1971. "Practical considerations of folk taxonomies."  
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1972. "A ritual pandanus language of New Guinea."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1972. Review of: Pigs, pearlshells, and women: marriage in the New Guinea highlands, R. M. Glasse and M. J. Meggitt, editors.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1973. "Cultural awareness: Some observations."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1976. Review of: Beyond the village, by Louise Morauto.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1976. Review of: Ritual and knowledge among the Baktaman of New Guinea, by Frederik Barth.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1976. Review of: The Iban and their religion, by Erik Jensen.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1977. Review of: Fighting with food, by Michael W. Young.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1989. "Jack Hides’ visit to the Kewa area."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1991. "Kewa."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1993. Review of: Mararoko: a study in Melanesian religion, by Mary N. MacDonald.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1995. "Advertisements and values: Observations from Wantok newspaper."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 2007. "Framework for a Melanesian world view."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J.; STEFANIW, Roman, authors. 1992. "The ‘Pandanus languages’ of the Southern Highlands Province, Papua New Guinea – a further report."
• FULLINGIM, Michael, author. 1988. "Of pigs, men and life: a glimpse at Wiru society."
• GEARY, Elaine, author. 1982. Kunimaipa Anthropology Sketch.  
• HARRISON, J. Daniel, author. 1974. "The Kluckhohn value-orientation research instrument used in Papua New Guinea."
• HEALEY, Alan, author. 1962. "Linguistic aspects of Telefomin kinship terminology."
• HONSBERGER, Carol; HONSBERGER, Murray; TUPPER, Ian, authors. 2008. "Introduction to the Kwomtari people and language."
• HOOLEY, Bruce A.; TERIT, Sanek, authors. 1972. "Preparation of salt among the Buang, New Guinea."
• IRWIN, Barry S., author. 1972. "The liability complex among the Chimbu peoples of New Guinea."
• IYAMA, Mara, author. 2005. "Oral literacies - choice in cultural destiny (a response to Michael A. Mel, "The need for strong and balanced communities through education …"."  
• KERUWA, Rambai, author. 2001. "Learning and knowing through four generations in PNG."
• KLEEF, Jacqueline van; KLEEF, Sjaak van, authors. 2012. "The use of a conceptual metaphor in the Siroi language of Papua New Guinea: Narrative is climbing a mountain."
• KOLKKA, Riikka-Maria; KOLKKA, Tomas, authors. 2012. Social Organisation of the Tiang People.
• LARSEN, Robert E., author. 1976. Review of: Exchange in the social structure of the Orokaiva, by Erik Schwimmer.
• LISTER, Ronah; NAGAI, Yasuko, authors. 2003. "What is our culture? What is our language? Dialogue towards the maintenance of indigenous culture and language in Papua New Guinea."
• LISTER, Ronah; NAGAI, Yasuko, authors. 2004. "From vernacular to English: a model of innovation from within the hearts of the indigenous teachers in Papua New Guinea."
• LITTERAL, Shirley, author. 1972. "Orientation to space and participants in Anggor."
• LLOYD, J. A.; LLOYD, Richard G., translators. 1974. "Baruya."
• MANABE, Takashi, author. 1988. "Mami reveals dynamic Kwanga social structure."
• MARTEN, Helen, author. 1985. "Relationships within a village literacy program."
• MAYERS, Marvin K.; RATH, Daniel D., editors. 1988. Nucleation in Papua New Guinea Cultures.  
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1968. Review of: Voyagers of the Vitiaz Strait: a study of the New Guinea trade system, by T. G. Harding.
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1969. "Current cargo beliefs in the Kabwum sub-district."
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1969. Review of: Namasu: New Guinea’s largest indigenous-owned company, by I. J. Fairbairn.
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1977. Selepet avifauna.  
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1991. "Selepet."
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1991. "Wantoat."
• MCKAUGHAN, Howard P., editor. 1973. The languages of the Eastern family of the East New Guinea Highlands stock.
• MECKLENBURG, Charlotte; MECKLENBURG, Frank, authors. 1980. Faiwol anthropology essentials.
• MERRIFIELD, William R., author. 1969. Review of: The New Guinea villager: the impact of colonial rule on primitive society and economy, by Charles Rowley.
• MILLER, Kathryn E., author. 1990. The fit between training and use in a vernacular literacy training program: An ethnographic study of four Papua New Guineans.
• MOORE, Dean; MOORE, Dianne, authors. 1988. "Duke of York shell money: a mediator of relationships."
• RATH, Daniel D., author. 1988. "The big man in Mengen society."
• REESINK, Gerard P., author. 1975. Review of: Peace child, by Don Richardson.
• REESINK, Gerard P., author. 1992. Review of: The empty place: poetry, space, and being among the Foi of Papua New Guinea, by James F. Weiner.
• RICHERT, Ernest L., author. 1965. "How the Guhu-Samane cult of ‘Poro’ affects translation."
• SCHLIE, Perry, author. 1987. Some observations on Kara group decisions.
• SCORZA, David P., author. 1981. Review of: The ethnography of variation: selected writings on pidgins and creoles, Hugh Schuchardt and T. L. Markey, editors.
• SHAW, R. Daniel, author. 1981. "Every person a shaman: The use of supernatural power among the Samo of Papua New Guinea."
• SHAW, R. Daniel, author. 1985. Narcotics, vitality and honor: The use of narcotic drink among the Samo of Papua New Guinea.
• SHAW, R. Daniel, author. 1989. Review of: Exotic readings of cultural texts, by Roger M. Keesing.
• SHAW, R. Daniel, author. 1990. Kandila: Samo ceremonialism and interpersonal relationships.
• SHAW, R. Daniel, author. 2010. "Cannibals, kiaps, and magistrates: three eras impacting Samo spatiality, interpersonal relationships, and Bible translation.."  
• STAALSEN, Philip, author. 1965. "Brugnowi origins: The founding of a village."
• STEWART, Pamela J.; STRATHERN, Andrew J., authors. 2010. "The appearing and disappearing world of the Bogaiya: a corner of Papua New Guinea cultural history."  
• STRINGER, Mary D., author. 1984. "Traditional learning styles in Papua New Guinea."
• THROOP, Craig, author. 1988. "‘Pigs are our hearts’: a functional study of the pig in Melanesia."
• TOWNSEND, Patricia K., author. 1969. Subsistence and social organization in a New Guinea Society.
• TOWNSEND, William H., author. 1969. "Stone and steel tool use in a New Guinea society."
• TROOLIN, Dave, author. 2006. Conceptual blending in millenial movements: an application of conceptual blending theory to case studies in Papua New Guinea and Israel.
• WAKEFIELD, David C., author. 1988. The social organization of the Miniafia.
• WAKEFIELD, David C., author. 1989. "Dog-pigs and other people."  
• YOUNG, Rosemary, author. 1968. "Words under a bushel."

Ethnolinguistics

• BOLYANATZ, Alexander H., author. 1998. "Where is Claes Pietersz Bay? An episode in the history of the Sursurunga of New Ireland."
• CONRAD, Robert J., author. 1978. Some notes on attitudes toward language and language choice in May River Iwam.
• EZARD, Bryan, author. Available: 2009; Created: 1980. Food and language: an ethno-linguistic study in Tawala.  
• FRANKLIN, Joice A.; FRANKLIN, Karl J., authors. 1962. "The Kewa counting systems."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1963. "Kewa ethnolinguistic concepts of body parts."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1967. Review of: Tongue speaking: an experiment in spiritual experience, by Morton T. Kelsey.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1971. "Practical considerations of folk taxonomies."  
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1975. "A Kewa religious argot (New Guinea)."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1979. "Interpreting values cross-culturally ‘with special reference to insulting people’!."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1988. Review of: Speech act taxonomy as a tool for ethnographic description: an analysis based on videotapes of continuous behavior in two New York households, Nira Reiss, editor.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J.; MCELHANON, Kenneth A., authors. 1979. "Bible translation and linguistics."
• HEALEY, Alan, author. 1962. "Linguistic aspects of Telefomin kinship terminology."
• LANDWEER, M. Lynn, author. 2000. Indicators of ethnolinguistic vitality.
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1974. "Towards a history of the Huon Peninsula."
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1975. "Idiomaticity in a Papuan (non-Austronesian) language."  
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1976. Review of: The tongues of men and angels, by William J. Samarin.
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1977. "The identification of birds by the Selepet, Papua New Guinea."
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1963. "Theoretical implications of matrix permutation in Fore (New Guinea)."
• RICHERT, Ernest L., author. 1963. Native reaction as a guide to meaningful translation.
• SHAW, Karen A.; SHAW, R. Daniel, authors. 1973. "Location: a linguistic and cultural focus in Samo."  

Ethnology

• BOLYANATZ, Alexander H., author. 1998. Economic cooperatives, development, and matriliny in Papua New Guinea.

Ethnomusicology

• BEE, Darlene; CHENOWETH, Vida, authors. 1968. "On ethnic music."
• BEE, Darlene; CHENOWETH, Vida, authors. 1971. "Comparative-generative models of a New Guinea melodic structure."
• CHENOWETH, Vida, author. 1966. "Song structure of a New Guinea Highlands tribe."
• CHENOWETH, Vida, author. 1968. "Managalasi mourning songs."
• CHENOWETH, Vida, author. 1969. "An investigation of the singing styles of the Dunas."
• CHENOWETH, Vida, author. 1972. Melodic perception and analysis: a manual on ethnic melody.
• CHENOWETH, Vida, author. 1974. The music of the Usarufas.
• CHENOWETH, Vida, author. 1979. The Usarufas and their music.  
• CHENOWETH, Vida, author. 1980. Music for the Eastern Highlands: a written theory for an oral tradition.
• CHENOWETH, Vida, author. 1985. Music in cross-cultural communication.
• CHENOWETH, Vida, author. 1986. "Music as discourse."
• CHENOWETH, Vida, author. 1986. The demands upon and expectations of a field ethnomusicologist.
• CHENOWETH, Vida, author. 1996. "Cultural change and music literacy."
• CHENOWETH, Vida, author. 1996. "Perseverance and patience."
• CHENOWETH, Vida, author. 1997. "The etic-emic distinction applied to music analysis."
• CHENOWETH, Vida, author. 2001. Cultural change and music literacy.
• CHENOWETH, Vida, author; REIGLE, Robert, editor. 1995. "Cultural change and music literacy."  
• CHENOWETH, Vida, editor. 1976. Musical instruments of Papua New Guinea: Idiophones, aerophones, membranophones, toys, borrowed (introduced).
• CHENOWETH, Vida; LONGACRE, Robert E., authors. 1986. "Discourse as music."
• COULTER, Neil R., author. 2007. Music shift: evaluating the vitality and viability of music styles among the Alamblak of Papua New Guinea.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1970. "Metaphorical songs in Kewa."
• HOLLINGSWORTH, Kenneth R., author. 1976. An analysis of Agarabi music and related projects.
• JAMES, Dorothy J., author. 1969. "Toward an ethnic hymnody."
• JORGENSEN, Peter, author; STEPHENSON, Dennis Q., translator. 1994. Review of: The song to the flying fox: the public and esoteric knowledge of the important men of Kandingei about totemic songs, names, and knotted cords, by Jürg Wassmann.
• SAURMAN, Mary E., author. 1993. Music: a bridge to literacy.
• SHALER, Dorothy, recorder. 2012. Kanang song DS-03-pres.
• SHALER, Dorothy, recorder. 2012. Orya Boys songs DS-01.
• SHALER, Dorothy, recorder. 2012. Orya music DS-02-pres.

Existentials

• ANDERSON, Neil, author. 1989. "Folopa existential verbs."  
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1981. "Existential and pro-verbs in Kewa."
• LITTERAL, Shirley, author. 1981. "The semantic components of Anggor existential verbs."

Field techniques

• CHIPPING, Amy L., author. 1970. "Grammatical drills."
• COCHRAN, Anne M., author. 1976. "Linguistic patterns in languages of Irian Jaya and Papua New Guinea: a manual for beginning field workers--preliminary report."
• CONRAD, Robert J., author. 1970. "Punch card filing."
• DYE, Sally Folger, author. 1974. "Decreasing fatigue and illness in field-work."
• DYE, Sally Folger, author. 1982. Strength for the task: Studies on managing stress and illness among missionaries.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1969. Review of: Field linguistics: a guide to linguistic field work, by William J. Samarin.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1970. Review of: The language of science, by Theodore H. Savory.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1971. "Some comments on eliciting cultural data."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 2007. "Oral storytelling and fieldwork."
• HEALEY, Alan, author. 1964. Handling unsophisticated linguistic informants.
• HEALEY, Alan, author. 1968. Review of: Field linguistics: a guide to linguistic field work, by William J. Samarin.
• HEALEY, Alan, author. 1970. "Language learning without tears."
• HEALEY, Alan, author. 1970. "List of words suitable for monolingual eliciting."
• HEALEY, Alan, author. 1975. "Obtaining linguistic data."
• HEALEY, Alan, author. 1975. "Plain card filing."
• HEALEY, Alan, author. 1975. "Testing the recognition of utterance pairs."
• HEALEY, Alan, author. 1975. "Using tape recorders."
• HEALEY, Alan, editor. 1970. Translator's field guide.
• HEALEY, Phyllis M., author. 1970. "Page filing."
• HENDERSON, James E., author. 1976. Concordance text entry system.
• JOHNSTON, Raymond L., author. 1979. What can we do with our data?.
• JOHNSTON, Raymond L., author. 1980. Grammar and basic vocabulary in oceanic Austronesian languages: a standard elicitation schedule.
• LANDWEER, M. Lynn, author. 1991. "Schlie-Landweer priority allocation assessment device: Rationale paper."
• LOVING, Aretta, author. 1962. "On learning monolingually."
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1982. Supplementing the procedures.
• PENCE, Alan R., author. 1962. "Punched card filing for linguists."
• ROBERTS, John R., author. 1989. Review of: Functional approaches to writing: Research perspectives, Barbara Couture, editor.
• SANDERS, Arden G., author. 1977. Some synchronic analysis procedures for language survey data.
• SCHANELY, Leon E., author; YOST, Larry; YOST, Willa D., editors. 1983. Developing Community Potential.  

Focus

• CALLISTER, William, author. 1987. "How Austronesian focus works in the Misima language."
• DUBERT, Marjorie; DUBERT, Raymond, authors. Available: 2008; Created: 1978. Biangai focus.  
• JÄRVINEN, Liisa, author. 1988. "Focus marking in Mauwake."
• LITHGOW, David, author. 1971. "Change of subject in Muyuw."
• LITTERAL, Robert L., author. 1981. "Anggor referential prominence."
• MAYERS, Marvin K.; RATH, Daniel D., editors. 1988. Nucleation in Papua New Guinea Cultures.  
• SCHLIE, Perry; SCHLIE, Virginia, authors. 1988. "Disarming a loaded patient."

Folklore, myth and legend

• ALLEN, Janice; ALLEN, Jerry, authors. 1974. "Halia."
• AUSTING, John F., author. 1974. "Ömie."
• DAVIS, Donald R., author. 1974. "Wantoat."
• DRAPER, Norman; DRAPER, Sheila, authors. 1974. "Abelam (Abulas)."
• FIRCHOW, Irwin B., author. 1974. "Rotokas."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1974. "Kewa."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1988. Review of: Fabricated world: An interpretation of Kewa tales, by John LeRoy.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1988. Review of: Kewa tales, by John LeRoy.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1993. Review of: Mararoko: a study in Melanesian religion, by Mary N. MacDonald.
• HEAD, Robert, author. 1974. "Gawigl."
• HENDERSON, James E., author. 1974. "Rossel Island (Yeletnye)."
• HOOLEY, Bruce A., author. 1974. "Buang."
• HUCKETT, Joyce, author. 1974. "Iduna (Vivigana)."
• JOHNSTON, Raymond L., author. 1974. "Lakalai (Nakanai)."
• LITHGOW, David, author. 1980. Review of: Bwaidoka tales, by Maribelle Young.  
• LITTERAL, Robert L.; LITTERAL, Shirley, authors. 1974. "Anggor."
• LOVING, Richard; MCKAUGHAN, Howard P., authors. 1974. "Awa."
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1974. "Selepet."
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1995. Review of: And thus became man and world, by John A. Z’graggen.
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., editor. 1974. Legends from Papua New Guinea.
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., editor. 1982. From the mouths of ancestors.
• MCKAUGHAN, Howard P., author. 1974. "Gadsup."
• MCKAUGHAN, Howard P.; VINCENT, Alexander, authors. 1974. "Tairora."
• MURANE, Elizabeth; MURANE, John, authors. 1974. "Daga."
• SCORZA, David P., author. 1972. "Classification of Au myths."
• SHAW, R. Daniel, author. 1972. "The structure of myth and Bible translation."
• WEBB, Thomas, author. 1974. "Urii."
• WEIMER, Harry; WEIMER, Natalia, authors. 1974. "Yareba."

Form classes

• EZARD, Bryan, author. Available: 2009; Created: 1980. Tawala parts of speech.  
• FIRCHOW, Irwin B., author. 1970. Form and function of Rotokas words, Bougainville, New Guinea.
• MÜHLHÄUSLER, Peter, author. 1994. "The identification of the word classes in Tok Pisin."

Functional grammar

• OLSON, Michael L., author. 1979. Barai clause junctures: toward a functional theory of interclausal relations.

Functional literacy

• ADLER, Richard, author. 1975. "Olsem wanem Tok Pisin i ken helpim ol manmeri long Papua Niugini?."
• BROWN, Gaynor, author. 1989. Review of: Training family and friends as adult literacy tutors, by John Scoble, Keith Topping and Colin Wigglesworth.
• GWYTHER-JONES, Roy, author. 1969. "Reading is understanding."
• LITHGOW, David, author. 1992. Scripture promotion in Bunama.
• WHITBY, Clyde M., author. 1990. "Combining literacy and community development: Dadibi Literacy Program--May 1988 evaluation--July 1989 sequel."

Gender

• LLOYD, Richard G., author. 1969. "Gender in a New Guinea language: Baruya nouns and noun phrases."

Government-Binding Theory

• ROBERTS, John R., author. 1996. "A Government and Binding analysis of the verb in Amele."

Grammar theories

• ROBERTS, John R., author. 1988. "Amele switch-reference and the theory of grammar."

Grammatical analysis

• ÅRSJÖ, Britten, author. Available: 2009; Created: 1999. Words in Ama.  
• ENGKVIST, Helena, author. 2009. Causatives and other verbal prefixes in Molima.  
• HEINEMAN, Paul, author. Available: 2009; Created: 1998. A grammar of Lembena.  
• HUISMAN, Roberta D., author. Available: 2009; Created: 1980-12. The interplay of phonology and grammar in the Angaataha prominence system.  
• ROBERTS, John R., author. 1986. Amele grammar.

Grammatical descriptions

• ALLEN, Jerry, author. 1987. Halia grammar.
• ALUNGUM, John; CONRAD, Robert J.; LUKAS, Joshua, authors. 1978. Some Muhiang grammatical notes.  
• ANDERSON, Michael; ROSS, Malcolm, authors. 2002. "Sudest."
• ÅRSJÖ, Britten, author. Available: 2009; Created: 1999. Words in Ama.  
• BACHET, Peter; BERG, René van den, authors. 2006. Vitu grammar sketch.  
• BAEHR, Peirce; GALLAGHER, Steve, authors. 2005. Bariai grammar sketch.  
• BAILEY, David A., author. 1975. Abau language: Phonology and grammar.
• BEAUMONT, John R., author. 2008. Grammatical features of prominence in Iamalele.  
• BEE, Darlene, author. 1965. Usarufa: a descriptive grammar.
• BEE, Darlene, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1966-08. Binumarien grammar essentials for translation.  
• BERG, René van den; PEARSON, Gregory, authors. 2008. Lote grammar sketch.  
• BERGHÄLL, Liisa, author. 2010. Mauwake reference grammar.  
• BLAKE, Peter, author; CEDER, Britt; CEDER, Sune, facilitators. Available: 2012; Created: 2000-08. Participant reference in Dedua.  
• BOUSH, Alfred, author. Available: 2007; Created: 1975-04. Tifal grammar essentials.  
• BRADSHAW, Robert, author. 2007. Fuyug grammar sketch.  
• BROWN, Bob, author. Available: 2012; Created: 1990-06. Waris grammar sketch.  
• BROWNIE, John; BROWNIE, Marjo, authors. 2007. Mussau grammar essentials.  
• BRUCE, Leslie P., author. 1979. A grammar of Alamblak (Papua New Guinea).
• BRUCE, Leslie P., author. 1984. The Alamblak language of Papua New Guinea (East Sepik).
• BUNN, Gordon, author. 1974. Golin grammar.  
• CAMPBELL, Carl; CAMPBELL, Jody, authors. 1987. Yade Grammar Essentials.  
• CARLSON, Terry, author. Available: 2006; Created: 1991-04. Tainae grammar essentials.  
• CHITTLEBOROUGH, Martin; HEALEY, Alan; ISOROEMBO, Ambrose, authors. 1969. "Preliminary notes on Orokaiva grammar."
• CHUNG, Chul-Hwa, author. Available: 2012; Created: 1999-04. Participant reference in Kuot narrative.  
• CHUNG, Chul-Hwa, author. Available: 2012; Created: 1999-04. The discourse function of 'ara' in Kuot narrative.  
• CHUNG, Chul-Hwa; CHUNG, Kyung-Ja, authors. 1996. "Kuot grammar essentials."  
• CHUNG, Je-Soon, author. Available: 2012; Created: 1997-12. Solving Residues in Mekeo Grammar Essentials.  
• CLARK, Dawn S.; CLARK, Stephen, authors. Available: 2008; Created: 1987. Sio grammar essentials.  
• CLIFTON, John M., author. 1995. A grammar sketch of the Kaki Ae language.
• CLIFTON, John M., editor. 1996. Two non-Austronesian grammars from the islands.
• COCHRAN, Anne M., author. 1968. "Notes on Yoliapi."  
• COCHRANE, Dennis; COCHRANE, Nancy, authors. Available: 2009; Created: 1966. Duna essentials for translation.  
• CONDRA, Ed, author. Available: 2012; Created: 1989-03. Patpatar grammar essentials.  
• CONRAD, Robert J., author. Available: 2009; Created: 1995. A comparison of Mufian (Balif) and Filifita (Ilahita) phonology, grammar and semantics.  
• CONRAD, Robert J.; LASZLO, Marilyn; REHBURG, Judith, authors. Available: 2009; Created: 1970. Comparison of Sepik Iwam and May River Iwam.  
• CONRAD, Robert J.; WOGIGA, Kepas, authors. 1991. An outline of Bukiyip grammar.
• D’JERNES, Lucille, author. 2002. "Arop-Lokep."
• DAVIES, Robyn, author. 1997. Participant reference in Ramoaaina.
• DAVIES, Robyn, author. 2001. Participant reference in Ramoaaina narrative.  
• DAVIES, Robyn; FRITZELL, Lisbeth, authors. Available: 2012; Created: 1992-10. Duke of York grammar essentials (Ramoaaina).  
• DEAN, James C., editor. 1962. Studies in New Guinea linguistics by members of the Summer Institute of Linguistics (New Guinea branch).
• DEIBLER, Ellis W., author. Available: 2008; Created: 1976. A Gahuku-Yaweyuha comparative grammar.  
• DREW, Dorothy E.; PAYNE, Audrey, authors. Available: 2009; Created: 1970. Kamano grammar sketch.  
• DUBERT, Marjorie; DUBERT, Raymond, authors. Available: 2008; Created: 1978. Biangai lower levels of grammar.  
• DUBERT, Raymond, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1969. Biangai morphology.  
• DYE, Sally; DYE, Wayne, authors. Available: 1970; Created: 1964-1970. Verb, sentence and paragraph in Bahinemo.
• ERDMAN, Laurens B., author. 1991. A grammatical sketch of a Siar text from the perspective of two strata.
• EZARD, Bryan, author. 1997. A grammar of Tawala: an Austronesian language of the Milne Bay area, Papua New Guinea.
• EZARD, Bryan, author. Available: 2012; Created: 1980-10. Far, far away: An analysis of Tawala adjectives based on the article “Where have all the adjectives gone?”.  
• FARR, Cynthia J., author. 1996. The interface between syntax and discourse in Korafe: a Papuan language of Papua New Guinea.
• FARR, Cynthia J., author. 1999. The interface between syntax and discourse in Korafe, a Papuan language of Papua New Guinea.
• FAST, Lesley, author. 1990. "Tungak grammar essentials."  
• FAST, Lesley, author. Available: 2012; Created: 1997. Logical relations in Tungag discourse.  
• FELDPAUSCH, Becky; FELDPAUSCH, Thomas, authors. 1992. "Namia grammar essentials."  
• FIRCHOW, Irwin B., author. Available: 2008; Created: 1974. Rotokas grammar.  
• FLEISCHMANN, Lillian, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1981. Bine papers on grammar.  
• FOREMAN, Velma M., author. 1974. Grammar of Yessan-Mayo.  
• FOREMAN, Velma M., author. Available: 2007; Created: 1995-03. Comparative grammar Yessan-Mayo - Yawu.  
• FOSTER, Michael, author. Available: 2009; Created: 1981. Timbe grammar sketch - cohesion in Timbe texts.  
• FRAMPTON, Joanna, author. Available: 2012; Created: 2010-04. Participant reference in the Maisin language.  
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1969. A grammar and dialect study of Kewa, New Guinea.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1969. Review of: The writer’s manual: the grammar and mechanics of the English language, by Archibald C. Jordan.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1971. A grammar of Kewa, New Guinea.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1997. Review of: Koiari, by Tom E. Dutton.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1998. Review of: Towards a reference grammar of Tok Pisin: An experiment in corpus linguistics, by John W. M. Verhaar.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., editor. 1981. Syntax and semantics in Papua New Guinea languages.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J.; THOMAS, Steven Kambi, authors. 2006. Some Tok Pisin idioms.  
• FRANKLIN, Karl, author. Available: 2012; Created: 2000-08. The Word in Kewa.  
• FRITZELL, Lisbeth, author. Available: 2012; Created: 1998-06. Effective particles in Ramoaaina: Aspect at predicate level.  
• FRITZELL, Lisbeth; LINDRUD, Stellan, authors. Available: 2012; Created: 1999-05. Primary and secondary aspect in Ramoaaina.  
• GARLAND, Roger; GARLAND, Susan, authors. 1975. "A grammar sketch of Mountain Koiali."
• GASAWAY, Eileen; LILLIE, Pat; SIMS, Heather, authors. Available: 1992; Created: 1977-11. Girawa grammar.  
• GEARY, Elaine, author. 1977. Kunimaipa grammar: Morphophonemics to discourse.
• GIBSON, Gwen; MCCARTHY, Joy, authors. Available: 2008; Created: 1967-2002. Kanite grammar sketch.  
• GODDARD, Jean, author. 1974. Notes on Agarabi grammar.  
• GOSSNER, Jan D., author. 1994. Aspects of Edolo grammar.  
• GOSSNER, Jan D., author. Available: 2009; Created: 1995. Edolo grammar: thesis addenda.  
• GRIFFIN, Margie, author. 1970. Buin discourse and paragraphs.
• GROSH, Andy; GROSH, Sylvia Carlson, authors. Available: 2009; Created: 2004. Grammar essentials for the Kaluli language.  
• GUDERIAN, Brad; GUDERIAN, Toni, authors. Available: 2012; Created: 2002-03. Koluwawa Grammar Essentials.  
• HAFFORD, James Alton, author. 1999. Elements of Wuvulu grammar.
• HARDIN, Barbara, author. Available: 2012; Created: 2002. Maia Grammar Essentials.  
• HARRIS, Kyle, author. 1990. "Nend grammar essentials."
• HEAD, June, author. Available: 2011; Created: 1976. A grammar of Umbu-Ungu.  
• HEALEY, Phyllis M., author. 1965. Levels, constituent strings, and agreement in Telefol syntax.
• HEALEY, Phyllis M., author. 1968. Review of: Grammar of the Sentani language, with specimen texts and vocabulary, by H. K. J. Cowan.
• HEALEY, Phyllis M., author. Available: 2011; Created: 1970-10. Structural Diversity in Telefol Sentence, Paragraph and Discourse.
• HEINEMAN, Paul, author. Available: 2009; Created: 1998. A grammar of Lembena.  
• HEMMILÄ, Ritva; LUOMA, Pirkko, authors. Available: 2009; Created: 1987. Urim grammar.  
• HENDERSON, James E., author. 1995. Phonology and grammar of Yele, Papua New Guinea.
• HENRY, Joan, author. Available: 2012; Created: 1992-10. Kombio Grammar Essentials.  
• HEPNER, Mark, author. 2006. Bargam grammar sketch.  
• HOEL, Hanna Marie; IKAHEIMONEN, Tarja; NOZAWA, Michiyo, authors. Available: 2007; Created: 1994-03. Mende grammar essentials.  
• HONSBERGER, Carol; HONSBERGER, Murray; TUPPER, Ian, editors. 2008. Kwomtari phonology and grammar essentials.  
• HOOLEY, Bruce A., author. 1965. Review of: Police Motu: an introduction to the trade language of Papua, by Stephen A. Wurm and J. H. Harris.
• HOOLEY, Bruce A., author. 1970. Mapos Buang, Territory of New Guinea.
• HOOLEY, Bruce A.; HOOLEY, Joyce D., authors; HEALEY, Alan, consultant. 1970. Structure above the clause: Mapos Buang.
• HOOLEY, Bruce; RAMBOK, Mose Lung, compilers; HOOLEY, Joyce, illustrator. 2010. Ḳapiya Tateḳin Buang Vuheng-atov Ayej = Central Buang–English Dictionary .  
• HUCKETT, Joyce, author. 1974. Notes on Iduna grammar.  
• HUDSON, Joyce, author. 1970. Walmatjari paragraph types.
• HURD, Conrad, author. 1970. Nasioi sentences.
• HUTCHISSON, Don, author. 1975. Sursurunga grammar essentials.  
• HUTCHISSON, Don, author. 1977. Additional Sursurunga grammar notes.  
• HUTCHISSON, Don, author. 1977. Sursurunga counting systems.  
• HUTCHISSON, Don, author. 1987. Verb serialization in Sursurunga.  
• HUTCHISSON, Don, editor. 1980. Grammatical studies in Fasu and Mt. Koiali.
• IKAHEIMONEN, Tarja; NOZAWA, Michiyo, authors. Available: 2007; Created: 1998-09. Alterations and additions to Mende grammar essentials.  
• IRWIN, Barry S., author. 1974. Salt-Yui grammar.
• JOHNSTON, Raymond L., author. 1978. Nakanai syntax.
• JOHNSTON, Raymond L., author. 1980. Nakani of New Britain: The grammar of an oceanic language.
• KERR, Harland B., author. 1966. A preliminary statement of Witu grammar.
• KERR, Harland B., author. 2012. The pronominal systems of Wik-Munkan, Burera, Lenakol and Kunimaipa: specific and generic function.  
• KIM, Duckshin; KIM, Namsoo, authors. Available: 2012; Created: 1998. Waima grammar essentials.  
• KIM, Namsoo, author; KIM, Duckshin; KIM, Namsoo, facilitators. Available: 2012; Created: 1998-09. Sentence level construction and participant reference in Waima discourse.  
• KING, Copland, author. 1927. Grammar and dictionary of the Binandere language.  
• KOOYERS, Orneal, author. 1974. Washkuk grammar sketch.  
• LARSEN, Robert E., author. Available: 2009; Created: 1977. Orokaiva grammar.  
• LAWRENCE, Marshall, author. 1970. Oksapmin discourse and paragraph structure.
• LEWIS, Ron, author. Available: 2012; Created: 1997-08-28. Negation in Saniyo-Hiyewe.  
• LEWIS, Ronald K.; LEWIS, Sandra C., authors. Available: 2009; Created: 1972. Essentials for translation part 1: grammar of Sanio.  
• LILLIE, Pat, author. 1987. Girawa verbs.  
• LILLIE, Pat, author. 1987. Negativity in Girawa.  
• LOCK, Arnold (Arjen) Hugo, author. 2011. Abau Grammar.  
• LOEWEKE, Eunice; MAY, Jean, authors. 1966. "Fasu grammar."
• LOEWEKE, Eunice; MAY, Jean, authors. 1980. General grammar of Fasu (Namo Me).
• LOEWEKE, Eunice; MAY, Jean, authors. 2008. General grammar of Fasu (Namo me).  
• LOGAN, Thomas, author. 2008-. Kasua grammar sketch.  
• LOVING, Richard, author. 1973. "An outline of Awa grammatical structures."
• LOVING, Richard, editor. 1974. Grammatical studies in three languages of Papua New Guinea.
• LOVING, Richard, editor. 1974. Studies in languages of the Ok family.
• LOVING, Richard, editor. 1975. Papers in five Austronesian languages.
• LOVING, Richard, editor. 1978. Miscellaneous papers on Dobu and Arapesh.
• MACDONALD, George E., author. 1976. Dadibi grammar: Morpheme to sentence.
• MARKS, Doreen, author. 1970. Kosena sentence, paragraph and discourse.
• MARKS, Doreen, author. Available: 2007; Created: 1974-11. Kosena grammar.  
• MARTENS, Michael P., author. 1985. Review of: a grammar of Manam, by Frantisek Lichtenberk.
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1972. Selepet grammar, part I: From root to phrase.
• MCEVOY, Steve, author. 2008. Grammar of narrative discourse in Migabac.  
• MCGUCKIN, Catherine, author. 2002. "Gapapaiwa."
• MILLIGAN, Lloyd, author. 1992. A tentative description of the grammar of the Mangseng language.
• MINCH, Andrew, author. 1992. "Amanab grammar essentials."  
• MINTER, Paul, author. 2009. Iyo Grammar Sketch.  
• MINTER, Paul, author. Available: 2011; Created: 2004. Grammar Essentials of the Nahu Language.  
• MURANE, Elizabeth, author. 1974. Daga grammar: From morpheme to discourse.  
• OLKKONEN, Kaija; OLKKONEN, Soini, authors. Available: 2012; Created: 2000-06. Borong (Kosorong) grammar for a related language.  
• OLKKONEN, Soini, author. Available: 2012; Created: 1986. The clitics of the Somba-Siawari language.  
• OLSON, Clifford, author. 1992. "Gumawana (Amphlett Islands, Papua New Guinea): Grammar sketch and texts."
• OLSON, Michael L., author. 1975. "Barai grammar highlights."
• PALMER, Bill, author. 2008. "Passive possession in Oceanic."
• PAPPENHAGEN, Ronald W., author. 1986. Kanasi: a brief grammar sketch.
• PARRINGTON, Douglas; PARRINGTON, Margaret, authors. 2009. An introduction to Notu-Ewage grammar.  
• PENCE, Alan R., author. 1965. A brief Kunimaipa grammar.
• PENCE, Alan, author. 1963. Kunimaipa Nouns and Noun Phrases.  
• PIKE, Evelyn G., author. 1997. "The grammatical structure of a New Guinea Pidgin procedural discourse."
• PRICE, Dorothy, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1978. Set rhetorical predicates in Karkar.  
• REESINK, Gerard P., author. 1978. Review of: a Waskia grammar sketch and vocabulary, by Malcolm Ross and John Natu Paol.  
• REESINK, Gerard P., author. 1981. Review of: Siroi grammar, by Margaret Wells.
• REESINK, Gerard P., author. 1987. Structures and their functions in Usan, a Papuan language of Papua New Guinea.
• RICHERT, Ernest L., author. 2007. An introduction to Mid-Waria grammar.  
• RIGDEN, Veda, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1986. Karkar-Yuri grammar cohesion referentials.  
• RIGDEN, Veda, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1986. Karkar-Yuri grammar relators.  
• ROBERTS, John R., author. 1987. Amele.
• ROBERTS, John R., author. 1993. "Mirror-Image Reduplication In Amele."  
• ROBERTS, John R., editor. 1990. Two grammatical studies.
• ROBERTS, John R., editor. 1992. Namia and Amanab grammar essentials.
• ROUTAMAA, Judith, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1994-02. Kamula grammar essentials.  
• ROWE, Karen, author. 2005. Siar-Lak grammar essentials.  
• SANDERS, Arden G.; SANDERS, Joy, authors. Available: 2005; Created: 1994-03-12. Kamasau language pesky particles.  
• SANDERS, Arden G.; SANDERS, Joy, authors. Available: 2005; Created: 1994-06. Kamasau (Wand Tuan) grammar:: morpheme to sentence.  
• SCHOLZ, Lyle, author; HEALEY, Alan, consultant. Available: 1970; Created: 1962-1970. Kalam higher level grammar: Part I, Kalam sentence types; Part II, Kalam paragraph types; Part III, Kalam discourse types.
• SCORZA, David P., author. 1978. A sketch of Au morphology and syntax.
• SCOTT, Graham K., author. 1973. Higher levels of Fore grammar.
• SCOTT, Graham K., author. 1977. The Fore language of Papua New Guinea.
• SCOTT, Graham, author. 1978. The Fore language of Papua New Guinea.
• SHAW, Karen A., author. 1973. "Grammatical notes on Samo."
• SMITH, Jean; WESTON, Pamela, authors. 1974. Notes on Mianmin grammar.  
• SOUTHWELL, Gwyneth; SOUTHWELL, Neville, authors. Available: 2007; Created: 1972-08. Komba sentence and paragraph types.  
• SOUTHWELL, Neville, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1979. Komba grammar sketch.  
• SPAULDING, Craig; SPAULDING, Patricia, authors. 1994. Phonology and grammar of Nankina.  
• SPENCER, Katharine, author. 2008. "Kwomtari grammar essentials."
• STAALSEN, Philip, author. Available: 2007; Created: 1965. Iatmul grammar sketch.  
• STEPHANIW, Roman, author. 1987. A comparison of Imbongu grammar with the Kaugel grammar essentials.  
• STUCKY, Alfred; STUCKY, Dellene, authors. Available: 2008; Created: 1976-08. Nii grammar: from morpheme to discourse.  
• TAUBERSCHMIDT, Gerhard, author. 1999. A grammar of Sinaugoro: an Austronesian language of the Central Province of Papua New Guinea.
• THARP, Douglas, author. 1996. "Sulka grammar essentials."
• TOLAND, Donald; TOLAND, Norma, authors. 1991. Reference grammar of the Karo/Rawa language.  
• TUPPER, Ian, author. n.d.. Transitivity and noun phrase marking in Namia.
• WAKEFIELD, David, author. Available: 2011; Created: 1975. Grammar Notes on Arifama-Miniafia.  
• WEBER, Thomas, author. 1997. Bimin grammar essentials.  
• WEIMER, Harry, author. Available: 2006; Created: 1978-04. Comparative grammar of 5 Yareban family languages.  
• WEIMER, Harry; WEIMER, Natalia, authors. 1975. "A short sketch of Yareba grammar."
• WELLS, M., author; PECK, C., editor. Available: 2011; Created: 1970-06. Siroi paragraph types.
• WELLS, Margaret, author. 1979. Siroi grammar.
• WENDEL, Thomas D., author. 1993. A preliminary grammar of Hanga Hundi.
• WENDEL, Thomas DeWayne, author. Available: 2012; Created: 1997-01-01. A preliminary grammar of Hanga Hundi - Memorandum.  
• WENDEL, Tom, author. Available: 2012; Created: 1996-12. Corrections and additions to "A preliminary grammar of Hanga Hundi".  
• WHITEHEAD, Carl R., author. 1992. Review of: a grammar of Awtuw, by Harry Feldman.
• WHITEHEAD, Carl R., author. 1993. Review of: a grammar of Tauya, by Lorna MacDonald.
• WHITEHEAD, Carl R., author. 2004. A reference grammar of Menya, an Angan language of Papua New Guinea.  
• WHITNEY, Henry, author. 1999. Akoye non-final clauses.  
• WHITNEY, Henry; WHITNEY, Virginia, authors. Available: 2010; Created: 1991. Akoye Grammar Essentials.  
• WILSON, Darryl, author. 1969. "Suena grammar highlights."
• WILSON, Darryl, author. 1974. Suena grammar.  
• WILSON, Darryl, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1980-06. A brief comparative grammar of Zia and Suena.  
• WILSON, Jonathan Paul, author. 1996. Binandere nominal structures.  
• WILSON, Jonathan, author. Available: 2005; Created: 2002-12-03. Binandere grammar essentials verbal structures.  
• WILSON, Patricia R., author. 1980. Ambulas grammar.  
• WILSON, Patricia R., author. Available: 2008; Created: 1989. Brief Ambulas-Wosera-Mamu statement.  
• WILSON, Patricia R., author. Available: 2008; Created: 1989-06. Ambulas-Wingei statement.  
• WILSON, Patricia R., author. Available: 2008; Created: 1990-07. Ambulas-Wosera-Kamu-K statement.  
• WILSON, Theresa; WOZNA, Beata, authors. 2005. Seimat grammar essentials.  
• WIVELL, Richard, author. 1981. Kairiru grammar.  
• YOUNG, Robert A., author. Available: 2006; Created: 1969?. A tentative case grammar in Benabena.  

Health and hygiene

• [Flies are your enemies]. 1969.  (Ese)
• A sickness called AIDS: HIV and AIDS information. 2006.  (English)
• AIDSle sawang yowa. 2007.  (Migabac)  
• Aleqvoleq oko minoakaq. 1963.  (Alekano)
• Ämän 3 orip ninär. 1990.  (Girawa)
• Ama̱na̱ni wa̱yani. 1966.  (Gadsup)
• Asum. 2007.  (Kovai)
• Avuru kare oirara upiapiepaiveira. 1973.  (Rotokas)
• Awahre ehwéh púkúé. 1970.  (Awa)
• Boliaigo po dao: gasi page po buk namba 2. 1988.  (Dadibi)
• Buagum anawi egawa. 1967.  (Daga)
• Daumwona̱ni wa̱yani. 1966.  (Gadsup)
• Denawa na kiana momia. 1971.  (Salt-Yui)
• Domala Nafulu Misiyoda Halowalolosi Uluba Miliyoda Daiyo = Health and Safety Game . 2010.  (Onobasulu)
• Egome kiwipala poi teigo. 1970.  (Wiru)
• Gwalannaʼna yagaalawo. 1965.  (Baruya)
• Haʼ väheti kesina mäniʼnea. 1967.  (Kamano)
• Havihol hori etamah ñetiv. 1970.  (Kunimaipa)
• Health book. 1965.  (Fasu)
• Health: Student book designed for the Tok Ples school programme in the Ramoaaina language. 1986.  (Ramoaaina)
• Health: Student’s book, designed for Tok Ples pre-schools in the Kuanua language. 1985.  (Kuanua)
• Hil alam bego yi ngayang. 1965.  (Buang, Mapos)
• HIV/AIDSle fungine. 2007.  (Migabac)  
• How to have strong children. 1965.  (Halia)
• Kaënuru ütpet yanëvas. n.d.  (Weri)
• Kasiyebwa hesau hesana ede EIDI. 2006.  (Saliba)
• Kogo itene naruo wire. 1966.  (Awa)
• Komolang teniyegi yompungaiweli kelikweli. 1969.  (Biangai)
• Kosihi fatehaka nehabe. 1973.  (Benabena)
• Kosiʼmoʼa kame vayatiʼa. 1964.  (Kanite)
• MALIWANAHE Idele faibe budasileda inolo faibe fisamilida woba dafelefe. 2012.  (Onobasulu)
• Mariwana. 2008.  (Kovai)
• Mariwana: Homong Sowacne (Soc-gboli adu-madec basowalecebagac). 2009.  (Migabac)  
• Muramura no abevo. 1976.  (Barai)
• Ná buns á rám. 2006.  (Tiang)
• Nakáis: Sálán iná aráráu án. 2006.  (Tiang)
• Nan arihobi nibil omga maing buku i aki di na tere bol na tomua. 1974.  (Salt-Yui)
• Noteka haneʼ nea kali akasekaune. 1986.  (Inoke-Yate)
• Nuŋunuŋ maisan. 1969.  (Adzera)
• Nusuc madecine. 2007.  (Migabac)
• Olbalang nuumi waasi. 1967.  (Tifal)
• Ollma na ej kab allab kiny yap kes ejip yu por. 1965.  (Wahgi)
• Piringr bro dböhneft fakmötr. 1974.  (Alamblak)
• Saat kutdo kiya kiya yaké guné yo Abélas (Maprik). 1969.  (Ambulas)
• Sama korakora noo. 1963.  (Guhu-Samane)
• Samuanami ijadufuo buki. 1984.  (Barai)
• Sibauyauvo ti nnammutuaayauvi. 1966.  (Waffa)
• Soko rareupe harutagaibag namosuk amik kaina. 1973.  (Gimi)
• Tägufa kea hämprio: Ontähige antähige nehiianänekea and Haʼ väheti kosina mäniʼnea. 1971.  (Kamano)
• Tɨferi marɨwaiyanemo. 1973.  (Angor)
• Ulgong gueron. 2007.  (Kovai)
• Uwrsa peik non me hiy-mon ey. 1998.  (Abau)
• Vauvaari ai navutaara. 1965.  (Tairora, North)
• Venelio kalimoʼa. 1972.  (Kanite)
• Viyakit kwabakikik. 1969.  (Manambu)
• Wádiyúʼi ikenyîʼ namukoî. 1966.  (Gadsup)
• Wa̱nka̱da̱na̱ni wa̱yani. 1966.  (Gadsup)
• Wizimarakmarakyang. 1967.  (Biangai)
• Yerekmanp enum mamriwaank: Tɨwei mɨt nekinaam - 2. 1980.  (Au)
• Zaala pakan ki tapakaala mete. 2002.  (Mbula)

Hierarchy

• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1972. Hierarchy and universality of discourse constituents in New Guinea languages: Discussion.

Idioms

• BAROK, Sâcnemac; MCELHANON, Kenneth A., authors. 1975. "Transfer between Selepet and Melanesian Pidgin idioms."
• BRUCE, Kathleen; BRUCE, Leslie P., authors. 2010. "Emotions in the Alamblak lexicon."  
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1978. Lexical range, idiom transfer, and related problems in Pidgin English to Kewa translation.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J.; THOMAS, Steven Kambi, authors. 2006. Some Tok Pisin idioms.  
• HEALEY, Alan, author. 1968. "English idioms."  
• LAUCK, Linda M., author. 1981. "Patep idioms."
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1975. "Appreciating the possibilities of Tok Pisin: Evangelism and the use of Tok Pisin idioms."
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1977. "Body image idioms in Irianese and Papua New Guinean languages."
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1978. "On the origin of body image idioms in Tok Pisin."  
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1982. "On teaching idioms."
• NOEL, John C., author. 1975. Comparison of some idioms in Kiriwina and English.
• RAY, Michael J., author. 1977. Areas of meaning and idioms.  
• WILSON, Darryl, author. 1990. Idiom discovery procedure.

Instructional manuals

• Kamofo käva huʼyane. 1986.  (Kamano)

Intelligibility testing

• COLLIER, Kenneth J., author. 1977. Predicting intelligibility: a suggested technique.
• SIMONS, Linda, author. 1977. Guidelines for intelligibility testing in Papua New Guinea.

Interrogative

• WESTON, Pamela, author. 1977. Mianmin interrogatives.  

Intonation

• LAWRENCE, Marshall, author. 1977. Verb morphology and discourse prosodies.  
• PENCE, Alan R., author. 1964. "Intonation in Kunimaipa (New Guinea)."

Kinship studies

• BEE, Darlene, author. 1974. "A brief note on kinship and social groupings among the Usarufa."
• FARR, Cynthia J., author. 1974. "Cultural collision: a Korafe search for identity."
• KOLKKA, Riikka-Maria; KOLKKA, Tomas, authors. 2012. Social Organisation of the Tiang People.
• LEWIS, Ronald K., author. 1988. "The interrelationship of taboo and kinship as the cohesive agent of Saniyo-Hiyowe society."
• LLOYD, Richard G., author. 1974. "Baruya kith and kin."
• MANABE, Takashi, author. 1988. "Mami reveals dynamic Kwanga social structure."
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1968. "Selepet social organization and kinship."
• MECKLENBURG, Charlotte; MECKLENBURG, Frank, authors. 1980. Faiwol anthropology essentials.
• OLSON, Michael L., author. 1974. "The semantics of Barai kinship and social organization."
• PENCE, Alan R., author. 1974. "The nature of Kunimaipa kinship terms."
• REHBURG, Judith, author. 1974. "Social structure of the Sepik Iwam."
• SCORZA, David P., author. 1974. "Au social relations ... and please behave."
• SHAW, R. Daniel, author. 1980. "Understanding kinship and social structure."
• SHAW, R. Daniel, editor. 1974. Kinship studies in Papua New Guinea.
• YOUNG, Rosemary, author. 1974. "The social hierarchy of the Bena-Bena."

Kinship systems

• BEE, Darlene, author. 1974. "A brief note on kinship and social groupings among the Usarufa."
• FARR, Cynthia J., author. 1974. "Cultural collision: a Korafe search for identity."
• KOLKKA, Riikka-Maria; KOLKKA, Tomas, authors. 2012. Social Organisation of the Tiang People.
• LEWIS, Ronald K., author. 1988. "The interrelationship of taboo and kinship as the cohesive agent of Saniyo-Hiyowe society."
• LLOYD, Richard G., author. 1974. "Baruya kith and kin."
• MANABE, Takashi, author. 1988. "Mami reveals dynamic Kwanga social structure."
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1968. "Selepet social organization and kinship."
• MECKLENBURG, Charlotte; MECKLENBURG, Frank, authors. 1980. Faiwol anthropology essentials.
• OLSON, Michael L., author. 1974. "The semantics of Barai kinship and social organization."
• PENCE, Alan R., author. 1974. "The nature of Kunimaipa kinship terms."
• REHBURG, Judith, author. 1974. "Social structure of the Sepik Iwam."
• SCORZA, David P., author. 1974. "Au social relations ... and please behave."
• SHAW, R. Daniel, author. 1980. "Understanding kinship and social structure."
• SHAW, R. Daniel, editor. 1974. Kinship studies in Papua New Guinea.
• YOUNG, Rosemary, author. 1974. "The social hierarchy of the Bena-Bena."

Kinship terms

• HEALEY, Alan, author. 1962. "Linguistic aspects of Telefomin kinship terminology."
• HENDERSON, James E., author. 1975. "Collecting genealogies."
• HOOLEY, Bruce A., author. 1978. "Number and time in Central Buang."  
• LOVING, Richard, author. 1973. "Awa kinship terminology and its use."
• LOVING, Richard, author. 1974. "Notes on Awa kinship terminology."
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1969. "Komba kinship terminology."
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1978. Review of: Lexical reconstruction: The case of the Proto-Athapaskan kinship system, by Isidore Dyen and David F. Aberle.
• SCOTT, Graham K., author. 1975. "Linguistic aspects of Fore kinship."  
• SHAW, R. Daniel, author. 1974. "Samo sibling terminology."

Language change

• HEALEY, L. R., author. 1975. "When is a word not a Pidgin word?."
• PFANTZ, Daryl, author. 1994. Review of: Culture change, language change: Case studies from Melanesia, Tom Dutton, editor.

Language classification

• CLIFTON, John M., author. 1991. Review of: Pacific Linguistics A 70, by Author unknown.
• CLIFTON, John M., author. 1991. Review of: Pacific Linguistics A 74, by Author unknown.
• COCHRAN, Anne M., author. 1976. "Linguistic patterns in languages of Irian Jaya and Papua New Guinea: a manual for beginning field workers--preliminary report."
• CONRAD, Robert J.; DYE, T. Wayne, authors. 1974. "Some language relationships in the Upper Sepik region of Papua New Guinea."
• EZARD, Bryan, author. 1977. A basic word list for Papua New Guinea.
• EZARD, Bryan, author. 1977. Lexicostatistical and other methods of classifying languages.  
• EZARD, Bryan, author. 1977. Tubetube’s place among the Milne Bay Province languages: a synchronic study.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1973. "Other language groups in the Gulf District and adjacent areas."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1973. "The gulf area in the light of Greenberg’s Indo-Pacific hypothesis."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1975. "Inland Gulf, Elema ‘Phyla’."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1975. "Isolates: Gulf District."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1995. "Some further comments on Kaki Ae."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., editor. 1973. The linguistic situation in the Gulf District and adjacent areas, Papua New Guinea.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J.; VOORHOEVE, C. L., authors. 1973. "Languages near the intersection of the Gulf, Southern Highlands, and Western Districts."
• HEALEY, Alan, author. 1969. Review of: a lexicostatistical classification of the Austronesian languages, by Isidore Dyen.
• HEALEY, Alan, author. 1974. Comments on the decimal classification of New Guinea languages.
• KERR, Harland B., author. 1975. "The relationship of Wiru in the Southern Highlands District to languages of the East New Guinea Highlands stock."
• LARSEN, Robert E., author. 1975. Difference coefficients for determining dialect relatedness.
• LITHGOW, David, author. 1987. "Language change and relationships in Tubetube and adjacent languages."
• LITHGOW, David, author. 1988. Review of: Kilivila, the language of the Trobriand Islanders, by Günter Senft.
• LLOYD, Richard G., author. 1973. "The Angan language family."
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1970. "A history of linguistic research in the Huon Peninsula, New Guinea."
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1970. "Lexicostatistics and the classification of Huon Peninsula languages."
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1970. The Selepet language within the Finisterre-Huon phylum (New Guinea).
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1971. "Classifying New Guinea languages."
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1973. Towards a typology of the Finisterre-Huon languages, New Guinea.
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1975. "Isolates, Morobe District: Wasembo (or Gusap)."
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1978. A classification of the languages of the Morobe province, Papua New Guinea, with the linguistic situation of individual villages.
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1987. "Basic vocabulary as a tool for classifying Papuan languages."
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A.; WURM, Stephen A., authors. 1975. "Papuan language classification problems."
• MCKAUGHAN, Howard P., author. 1964. "A study of divergence in four New Guinea languages."
• MURANE, Elizabeth, author. 1978. Grammatical typologies of languages of Papua New Guinea.
• REESINK, Gerard P., author. 1989. Review of: The Papuan language of New Guinea, by William A. Foley.
• SHAW, R. Daniel, author. 1973. "A tentative classification of the languages of the Mt. Bosavi region."
• SHAW, R. Daniel, author. 1986. "The Bosavi language family."
• WHITEHEAD, Carl R., author. 1981. Review of: Papers in New Guinea linguistics no. 20, by Maurice Boxwell and others.
• WILSON, Darryl, author. 1969. "The Binandere language family."

Language death

• CAHILL, Michael, author. 2004. From endangered to less endangered: case histories from Brazil and Papua New Guinea.  
• CLIFTON, John M., author. 1994. "Stable multilingualism in a small language group: The case of Kaki Ae."

Language development

• LEWIS, M. Paul; TRUDELL, Barbara, authors. 2008. "Language cultivation in contexts of multiple community languages."
• LITTERAL, Robert L., author. 1999. Language development in Papua New Guinea.  

Language distribution

• ALLEN, Jerry; HURD, Conrad, authors. 1963. Languages of the Cape Hoskins Patrol Post division of the Talasea sub-district, New Britain.
• ALLEN, Jerry; HURD, Conrad, authors. 1965. Languages of the Bougainville district.
• ALLEN, Jerry; JOHNSTON, Raymond L.; RATH, Daniel D., authors. 1980. "The Lamogai family of languages."
• Anonymous. 1974. Review of: The Trans-New Guinea phylum: Explorations in deep-level genetic relationships, by Kenneth A. McElhanon and C. L. Voorhoeve.
• AUSTING, John F., compiler. 1973. Languages of the East Papua region.
• BASS, Jack; LOVING, Richard, authors. 1964. Languages of the Amanab sub-district.
• BRENNAN, Paul W.; BROWN, Raymond; BUNN, Gordon; FRANKLIN, Karl J.; IRWIN, Barry S.; SCOTT, Graham K.; STUCKY, Alfred; WURM, Stephen A., editors. 1978. Language maps of the Highlands provinces, Papua New Guinea.
• BUNN, Gordon; SCOTT, Graham K., authors. 1962. Languages of the Mount Hagen sub-district.
• CLAASSEN, Oren R.; LITHGOW, David, authors. 1968. Languages of the New Ireland district.
• CLAASSEN, Oren R.; MCELHANON, Kenneth A., authors. 1970. "Languages of the Finisterre Range, New Guinea."
• CONRAD, Robert J.; LEWIS, Ronald K., authors. 1988. "Some language and sociolinguistic relationships in the Upper Sepik region of Papua New Guinea."
• DEIBLER, Ellis W.; TREFRY, David, authors. 1963. Languages of the Chimbu sub-district.
• DYE, T. Wayne; TOWNSEND, Patricia K.; TOWNSEND, William H., authors. 1968. "The Sepik Hill languages: a preliminary report."
• FLEISCHMANN, Lillian; TURPEINEN, Sinikka, authors. 1976. A dialect survey of Eastern Trans-Fly languages.  
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1968. "Languages of the Gulf District: a preview."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1968. The dialects of Kewa.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1969. A grammar and dialect study of Kewa, New Guinea.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1970. Review of: a survey of New Guinea languages, by Arthur Capell.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1970. Review of: a survey of New Guinea languages, by Arthur Capell.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1975. Review of: Linguistics in Oceania, T. A. Sebeok, editor.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1976. Review of: The languages of Fiji, by Albert J. Schutz.
• FREUDENBURG, Allen, author. 1976. The dialects of Boiken.  
• GLASGOW, David; LOVING, Richard, authors. 1964. Languages of the Maprik sub-district.
• HAYWOOD, Graham; HAYWOOD, Irene, authors. 1980. "The languages and communities of north-western New Britain."
• HEALEY, Alan, author. 1964. The Ok language family in New Guinea.
• HEALEY, Alan, author. 1974. Review of: a survey of New Guinea languages, by Arthur Capell.
• HEALEY, Alan, author. 1976. "Austronesian languages: Admiralty Islands area."
• HEALEY, Alan, editor. 1974. Three studies in languages of eastern Papua.
• HENDERSON, Anne; HENDERSON, James E., authors. 1974. Languages of the Louisade Archipelago and environs.  
• HOOLEY, Bruce A., author. 1964. "The Morobe district--New Guinea."
• HOOLEY, Bruce A., author. 1971. "Austronesian languages of the Morobe district, Papua New Guinea."
• HOOLEY, Bruce A., author. 1976. "Austronesian languages: Morobe province."
• HOOLEY, Bruce A.; MCELHANON, Kenneth A., authors. 1970. "Languages of the Morobe District--New Guinea."
• HOOPERT, Daniel A.; WAKEFIELD, David C., authors. 1980. "The languages and communities of south-western New Britain."
• JERNUDD, Björn H., author. 1982. Subjective varieties of Pidgin in Papua New Guinea.
• JOHNSTON, Raymond L., author. 1980. "Language and communication in New Britain."
• JOHNSTON, Raymond L., author. 1980. "Language and development in New Britain."
• JOHNSTON, Raymond L., author. 1980. "The languages and communities of the Kimbe Bay region."
• JOHNSTON, Raymond L., editor. 1980. Language, communication and development in New Britain.
• LINDRUD, Stellan, author. 1980. "The languages and communities of the Open Bay, Wide Bay and Southern Gazelle Peninsula region."
• LITHGOW, David, author. 1976. "Austronesian languages: Milne Bay and adjacent islands (Milne Bay Province)."
• LITHGOW, David; STAALSEN, Philip, authors. 1965. Languages of the D’Entrecasteaux Islands.
• LLOYD, J. A.; LLOYD, Richard G., authors. 1981. "The dialects of the Baruya language."
• LOVING, Richard, author. 1973. "The dialects of Awa."
• MACDONALD, George E., author. 1973. "The Teberan language family."
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1967. "Preliminary observations on Huon Peninsula languages."
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1973. Review of: Linguistics in Oceania, T. A. Sebeok, editor.
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1975. "North-eastern Trans-New Guinea phylum languages."
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1976. Review of: The languages of the Eastern family of the East New Guinea Highlands stock, by Howard P. McKaughan, editor.
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1984. A linguistic field guide to the Morobe Province, Papua New Guinea.
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A.; VOORHOEVE, C. L., authors. 1970. The Trans-New Guinea phylum: Explorations in deep-level genetic relationships.
• MCKAUGHAN, Howard P., compiler. 1973. "Awa texts."
• MOORE, Dean; MOORE, Dianne, authors. 1980. "The languages and communities of the Gazelle Peninsula."
• PENCE, Alan R.; STEINKRAUS, Walter, authors. 1964. Languages of the Goilala sub-district.
• RATH, Daniel D., author. 1980. "The languages and communities of the Mengen region."
• REESINK, Gerard P., author. 1976. "Languages of the Aramia River area."
• REESINK, Gerard P., author. 1976. Review of: The languages of the Madang District, Papua New Guinea, by J. A. Z’graggen.  
• SANDERS, Arden G.; SANDERS, Joy, authors. 1980. "Defining the centres of the Marienberg language family."
• SCOTT, Graham K., author. 1963. "The dialects of Fore."
• SIMONS, Gary F., author. 1980. Review of: New Guinea area languages and language study, vol. 2: Austronesian languages, Stephen A. Wurm, editor.
• STAALSEN, Philip, author. 1969. "The dialects of Iatmul."
• STAALSEN, Philip, author. 1975. "The languages of the Sawos Region (New Guinea)."
• THROOP, Craig; THROOP, Linda, authors. 1980. "The languages and communities of the Kandrian inland region."
• TONSON, John, author. 1976. The languages in the Schraeder ranges.  
• WILSON, Patricia R., author. 1976. Abulas dialect survey.  

Language documentation

• BUNN, Gordon, compiler. Available: 2007; Created: 1970. Golin text.  
• PARLIER, James, author. Available: 2007; Created: 1970-09. Managalasi sentences.  
• RIGDEN, Veda, author. Available: 2009; Created: 1985. Karkar - Yuri grammar: prominence.  

Language instruction

• Tok save long ol kain liklik tok Kewa. 1975.  (Kewa, West)

Language learning

• ALLEN, Janice; ALLEN, Jerry, authors. 1965. Halia language course.
• Anonymous. 1974. Review of: Kapau pedagogical grammar, by William J. Oates and Lynette F. Oates.
• BEAUMONT, Clive H.; FRANKLIN, Karl J.; KERR, Harland B., authors. 1974. Tolai language course.  
• DEIBLER, Ellis W., author. 2000. How to speak Alekano.
• DRAPER, Norman; DRAPER, Sheila, authors. Available: 2008; Created: 1968-11. Ambulas Maprik language lessons.  
• EZARD, Bryan, author. Available: 2009; Created: 1984. The Tawala language, volume 1: An introduction with helps for language learning.  
• FRANKLIN, Joice A.; FRANKLIN, Karl J.; KIRAPEASI, Yapua, authors. Available: 2008; Created: 1973. Learn West Kewa.  
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1974. Review of: Conversational New Guinea Pidgin, by T. E. Dutton and Untangled New Guinea Pidgin: a course of study, by Wesley Sadler.  
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1975. Comments on Tolai language course: An historical note.  
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1987. Review of: A new course in Tok Pisin (New Guinea Pidgin), by Tom Dutton in collaboration with Dicks Thomas.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1992. "On language learning claims in ethnographies."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1992. Traim tasol: Vocabulary testing in Tok Pisin.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J.; KERR, Harland B., authors. 1962. Tolai language course.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J.; KERR, Harland B., authors. 1968. Tolai language course.  
• FRANKLIN, Karl J.; LITTERAL, Robert L., authors. 1990. An introductory programmed course in Tok Pisin; with accompanying tape by Stephen Thomas.
• HARDWICK, Roma; HEALEY, Joan, authors. Available: 2008; Created: 1967. Manga Buang language lessons.  
• HARRIS, Stephen G., author. 1973. "From Kanite to English: a transfer project in Papua New Guinea."
• HEALEY, Alan, author. 1970. "Language learning without tears."
• HEALEY, Alan, author. 1975. "Language learning."
• HEALEY, Alan, author. 1975. "Using tape recorders."
• HEALEY, Joan, author. 1977. "Writing a non-technical grammar of Mangga Buang."  
• HEALEY, Phyllis M., author. 1970. "Page filing."
• HENDERSON, James E., author. 1975. "Programed review cards."
• HUCKETT, Joyce, author. 2008. Vivigana language lessons.  
• IRWIN, Barry S.; IRWIN, Ruth, authors. Available: 2007; Created: 1962-1980. Salt-yui language.  
• LARSEN, Marlys; LARSEN, Robert E., authors. 1982. Orokaiva legends, lessons, and grammar notes.  
• LITTERAL, Robert L., author. 1969. A programmed course in New Guinea Pidgin (with accompanying tapes).
• OATES, Lynette F.; OATES, William J., authors. 1968. Kapau pedagogical grammar.
• TURNER, Blaine, author. 1986. A teaching grammar of the Manam language.  
• WILSON, Darryl, author. 1990. Idiom discovery procedure.
• YOUNG, Rosemary, author. 1975. On games and language learning.

Language maintenance

• LANDWEER, M. Lynn, author. 2006. A Melanesian perspective on mechanisms of language maintenance and shift: case studies from Papua New Guinea.
• LANDWEER, M. Lynn, author. 2010. "Land-language link."  
• MALONE, Dennis L., author. 1997. Namel manmeri: Language and culture maintenance and mother tongue education in the highlands of Papua New Guinea.
• NAGAI, Yasuko, author. 2000. "Towards the maintenance of the Maiwala language: the role of a vernacular elementary school in Papua New Guinea."

Language policy

• AHAI, Naihuwo, author. 2005. Literacy in an emergent society: Papua New Guinea.  
• BÜHMANN, Dörthe; TRUDELL, Barbara, authors. 2008. La langue maternelle, ça compte ! La langue locale, clé d'un apprentissage efficace.  
• BÜHMANN, Dörthe; TRUDELL, Barbara, authors. 2008. Mother tongue matters: local language as a key to effective learning.  
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1975. "Vernaculars as bridges to cross-cultural understanding."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1986. "SIL and Tok Pisin."
• LEWIS, M. Paul; TRUDELL, Barbara, authors. 2008. "Language cultivation in contexts of multiple community languages."
• LITTERAL, Robert L., author. 1975. "A proposal for the use of Pidgin in Papua New Guinea’s education system."
• LITTERAL, Robert L., author. 1978. Language planning activity in Papua New Guinea.
• LITTERAL, Robert L., author. 1984. Typological parameters of vernacular language planning.
• LITTERAL, Robert L., author. 1991. "Interdependence in language assessment and program planning."
• LITTERAL, Robert L., author. 1999. Four decades of language policy in Papua New Guinea: The move towards the vernacular.  
• LITTERAL, Robert L., author. 1999. Language development in Papua New Guinea.  
• LITTERAL, Robert L., author. 2004. "Community and family based language policy: an Angor case study."  
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., editor. 1975. Tok Pisin i go we?: Proceedings of a conference held at the University of Papua New Guinea, Port Moresby, P.N.G., 18-21 September 1973.
• MURANE, John, editor. 1978. Language planning and grammatical typologies.
• RUECK, Michael J., author. 2006. Social network analysis applied to language planning in the Morehead district, Papua New Guinea.
• STAALSEN, Philip; STRANGE, David, authors. 1975. "Pidgin as a medium for training translators."
• TURNER, Blaine, author. 1990. "Training in the national language as part of a balanced vernacular language program."
• WROGE, Diane, author. 2000. "Towards the use of vernacular languages as a medium of instruction in Papua New Guinea’s formal education system - a summary."

Language programs

• BUGENHAGEN, Salme E., author. 1992. "Report on a literacy course held in Mangap-Mbula."
• FELDPAUSCH, Becky, author. 2007. "Handling frequent transitions during field work."  
• FOREMAN, Velma M., author. 1988. Review of: a manual for the strategic planning and review of language programs, by Margaret Bendor-Samuel and David Bendor-Samuel.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1975. Summer Institute of Linguistics (Institut Bilong Tok Ples), Papua New Guinea.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1988. Review of: Language behavior in international organizations: report of the Second Annual Conference of the Center for Research and Documentation on World Language Problems, Jane Edwards and Humphrey Tonkin, editors.
• HODGKIN, Brian, author. 1996. "ETCetera."
• JACKSON, Kenneth, author. 1992. "A two week literacy course for pastors."
• JONDUO, Willie, author. 1994. "Children who have gone to vernacular Tokples School stay in school longer."
• LYNIP, Karen G.; LYNIP, Stephen A., authors. 1989. "Inoke literacy, community development and health training evaluation report."
• SOUTHWELL, Neville, author. 1989. Assessment and reassessment: a Pacific perspective.
• WEGMANN, Urs, author. 1995. "Mato language literacy visit."

Language shift

• LANDWEER, M. Lynn, author. 2006. A Melanesian perspective on mechanisms of language maintenance and shift: case studies from Papua New Guinea.
• LANDWEER, M. Lynn, author. 2010. "Land-language link."  
• YARUPAWA, Shem, author. 1996. "Domain dependent code choices and their implications for the future of the Musom language."

Language surveys

• BAKER, Judi; BAKER, Nate, authors. 1981. A sociolinguistic survey of Kombio.
• BARON, Wietze, author. Available: 2012; Created: 1983. Kwomtari Survey.  
• BRADSHAW, Robert, author. 2009. Doromu-Koki dialect survey report.  
• BRETT, Richard; BROWN, Raymond; BROWN, Ruth; FOREMAN, Velma M., authors. 1962. A survey of Motu and Police Motu.
• BROWN, Robert, author. 1981. A sociolinguistic survey of Pagi and Kilmeri.  
• BUGENHAGEN, Robert D., author. 1981. A guide for conducting sociolinguistic surveys in Papua New Guinea.
• BUGENHAGEN, Robert D., author. 1981. A sociolinguistic survey of Mehek and Siliput.  
• CALLISTER, Sandra, author. 1977. Sociolinguistic approaches to dialect surveying in Papua New Guinea.
• CARTER, John; CARTER, Katie; GRUMMITT, John; MACKENZIE, Bonnie; MASTERS, Janell, authors. 2011. "A Sociolinguistic Survey of the Malalamai [mmt] Language Area."  
• CARTER, John; CARTER, Katie; GRUMMITT, John; MACKENZIE, Bonnie; MASTERS, Janell, authors. 2012. "A Sociolinguistic Survey of the Mur Village Vernaculars."  
• CARTER, John; CARTER, Katie; MACKENZIE, Bonnie; MASTERS, Janell; PARIS, Brian; PARIS, Hannah, authors. 2012. "A Sociolinguistic Survey of Anem."  
• CARTER, John; CARTER, Katie; MACKENZIE, Bonnie; PARIS, Brian; PARIS, Hannah, authors. 2012. "A Sociolinguistic Survey of Amara."  
• COLLIER, Kenneth J., author. 1977. Predicting intelligibility: a suggested technique.
• CONRAD, Robert J., author. 1978. A survey of the Arapesh language family of Papua New Guinea.  
• COOPER, Gregory, author. 1981. A sociolinguistic survey of Beli, Yahang and Laeko-Libuat.  
• DUBERT, Marjorie; DUBERT, Raymond, authors. Available: 2008; Created: 1981. Dialect survey of the Biangai language.  
• DUTTON, Tom, author. 2010. "The dialects of Koiari revisited."  
• EZARD, Bryan, author. Available: 2009; Created: 1981-10. The Tawala dialects: an initial enquiry.  
• FELDPAUSCH, Becky; FELDPAUSCH, Thomas, authors. Available: 2009; Created: 1999. Dialect survey of the Namia language.  
• FLEISCHMANN, Lillian; TURPEINEN, Sinikka, authors. 1976. A dialect survey of Eastern Trans-Fly languages.  
• FOREMAN, Velma M., author. Available: 2007; Created: 1978-03. Yessan-Mayo dialect survey.  
• GRAHAM, Glenn H., author. 1981. A sociolinguistic survey of Busa and Nagatman.  
• GRAHAM, Mack, author. Available: 2009; Created: 1998. Dialect survey of the Kandawo language, Western Highlands Province.  
• GRAY, Rachel; POTTER, Margaret; RETSEMA, Thom, authors. 2009. "Mungkip: an endangered language."  
• GRUMMITT, John; MASTERS, Janell, authors. 2012. "A Survey of the Tonda Sub-Group of Languages."  
• HENRY, Joan, author. Available: 2009; Created: 2000-03. Dialect survey - Kombio language: East Sepik province, Papua New Guinea.  
• HODGKIN, Brian, author. 1992. "Menya literateness survey."
• HOEL, Hanna Marie; IKAHEIMONEN, Tarja; NOZAWA, Michiyo, authors. Available: 2007; Created: 1997-12. Mende dialect survey.  
• HOOLEY, Bruce A., author. 1969. "Language surveys in the Territory of Papua and New Guinea."
• HOOLEY, Bruce A., author. 1992. Review of: The Markham languages of Papua New Guinea, by Susanne Holzknecht.
• HUCKETT, Joyce, author. 2008. Dialects of the Iduna language.  
• HUTCHINSON, Ian, author. 1981. A sociolinguistic survey of Heyo, Pahi, and Mayo-Pasi.  
• JORE, Tim; RUECK, Michael J., authors. 2003. "The sociolinguistic situation of the Sam people."  
• KASSELL, Alison, author. 2012. "A Sociolinguistic Profile of the Kaninuwa Language Group [wat]."  
• KASSELL, Alison; LAMBRECHT, Philip, authors. 2012. "A Sociolinguistic Profile of the West and North Goodenough Groups."  
• KASSELL, Alison; LAMBRECHT, Philip; POTTER, Margaret; TUCKER, Sarah, authors. 2008. "The sociolinguistic situation of the Uyajitaya [duk] language."  
• KASSELL, Alison; LAMBRECHT, Philip; POTTER, Margaret; TUCKER, Sarah, authors. 2009. "The sociolinguistic profile of the Waube [kop] language."  
• KASSELL, Alison; POTTER, Margaret, authors. 2009. "The sociolinguistic situation of the Lala language."  
• KASSELL, Alison; POTTER, Margaret, authors. 2011. "A Sociolinguistic Profile of the Abadi Language Group."  
• LANDWEER, M. Lynn, author. 1999. A brief overview of survey operations in Papua New Guinea.
• LOVING, Richard, author. 1977. Guidelines for writing up language surveys.
• LOVING, Richard, author. 1981. Information for conducting sociolinguistic surveys in Sepik language groups.
• LOVING, Richard; SIMONS, Gary F., editors. 1977. Language variation and survey techniques.
• MACKENZIE, Bonnie; MUÑOZ, Guillermo; SPENCER, Juliann; VAN COTT, Sara, authors. 2011. "A Sociolinguistic Survey of the Wagi [fad] Language."  
• MACKENZIE, Bonnie; SPENCER, Juliann; VAN COTT, Sara, authors. 2011. "A Sociolinguistic Survey of Ambul."  
• MARTIN, William H., author. 1981. A sociolinguistic survey of Abau.  
• MINTER, Paul, author. Available: 2012; Created: 1998. Dialect survey Nahu language.  
• MOECKEL, Barry; MOECKEL, Bonnie, authors. 1981. A sociolinguistic survey of Wom.  
• PAPPENHAGEN, Doris J.; PAPPENHAGEN, Ronald W., authors. 1981. A sociolinguistic survey of Namie.  
• POTTER, Margaret; RUECK, Michael J.; VILA, Badi, authors. 2010. "A sociolinguistic profile of the Tairuma [uar] language group."  
• RATH, Daniel D., author. Available: 2009; Created: 1991. Mengen dialect survey.  
• RICHARDSON, Dan; TUPPER, Ian, authors. 2009. Drawing language boundaries and assigning names: The cases of Sos Kundi and Ambakich.  
• ROBERTS, John R., author. 1991. "A study of the dialects of Amele."
• ROUTAMAA, Ismo; ROUTAMAA, Judith, authors. Available: 2008; Created: 1996-07. Dialect survey report of the Kamula language, Western province.  
• RUECK, Michael J., author. 2006. Social network analysis applied to language planning in the Morehead district, Papua New Guinea.
• RUECK, Michael J., author. 2011. "Social Network Analysis Applied to Language Planning in the Morehead District, Papua New Guinea."  
• RUECK, Michael J., author. Available: 2012; Created: 2001. Unubahe: A nearly extinct language.  
• SANDERS, Arden G., author. 1977. Guidelines for conducting a lexicostatistic survey in Papua New Guinea.
• SANDERS, Arden G., author. 1977. Some synchronic analysis procedures for language survey data.
• SANDERS, Arden G.; SANDERS, Joy, authors. 1980. "Dialect survey of the Kamasau language."
• SANDERS, Joy, author. 1977. On defining the center of a linguistic group.
• SCHOOLING, Janice; SCHOOLING, Stephen J., authors. 1988. "A preliminary sociolinguistic and linguistic survey of Manus Province, Papua New Guinea."
• SCORZA, David P., author. Available: 2008; Created: 1980. Au dialect survey report.  
• SIMONS, Gary F., author. 1977. Phonostatistic methods.
• SIMONS, Gary F., author. 1977. The role of purpose and perspective in planning a language survey.
• SIMONS, Linda, author. 1977. Guidelines for intelligibility testing in Papua New Guinea.
• SOUTHWELL, Gwyneth; SOUTHWELL, Neville, authors. Available: 2008; Created: 1976. Komba dialect survey.  
• SPENCER, Juliann; VAN COTT, Sara, authors. 2010. "A sociolinguistic survey of Setaman [stm]."  
• STOBER, Scot, author. Available: 2009; Created: 2005. Mato dialect survey: Morobe province.  
• WEBER, Thomas, author. 1997. Bimin Dialect Survey Report: Sandaun and Western Provinces.  
• WILSON, Jonathan, author. Available: 2012; Created: 2005-06-08. Binandere Language [BHG] Dialect Survey.  
• WILSON, Patricia R., author. 1976. Abulas dialect survey.  
• YARUPAWA, Shem, author. 1996. "Domain dependent code choices and their implications for the future of the Musom language."

Language systems

• CLIFTON, John M., author. 1989. Review of: Police Motu: Iena sivarai (Its story), by Tom Dutton.

Language teaching

• HARRIS, Stephen G., author. 1973. "From Kanite to English: a transfer project in Papua New Guinea."

Language technology

• BUGENHAGEN, Robert D., author. 2011. "Adapt It: some lessons learned in the Saveeng language program."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 2011. "Adapting the West Kewa New Testament to East Kewa."
• NYSTROM, John, author. 2011. "Eleven-part harmony: blending teamwork, technology, and creativity in a multi-language translation project."

Language textbooks

• ALLEN, Janice; ALLEN, Jerry, authors. 1965. Halia language course.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1975. Comments on Tolai language course: An historical note.  
• FRANKLIN, Karl J.; KERR, Harland B., authors. 1962. Tolai language course.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J.; KERR, Harland B., authors. 1968. Tolai language course.  
• LITTERAL, Robert L., author. 1969. A programmed course in New Guinea Pidgin (with accompanying tapes).

Language texts

• BASS, Jack, compiler. 2008. Wosera text.  
• BEE, Darlene, compiler. 1973. "Usarufa text."
• BLAKE, Peter, author; CEDER, Britt; CEDER, Sune, facilitators. Available: 2012; Created: 2000-08. Participant reference in Dedua.  
• BUNN, Gordon, compiler. Available: 2007; Created: 1970. Golin text.  
• BUNN, Gordon; BUNN, Ruth, authors. Available: 2007; Created: 1960-197?. Golin: essentials for translation text.  
• CHUNG, Chul-Hwa, author. Available: 2012; Created: 1999-04. Participant reference in Kuot narrative.  
• CHUNG, Chul-Hwa, author. Available: 2012; Created: 1999-04. The discourse function of 'ara' in Kuot narrative.  
• CONDRA, Ed, author. Available: 2012; Created: 1989-03. Patpatar grammar essentials.  
• DAVIES, Robyn; FRITZELL, Lisbeth, authors. Available: 2012; Created: 1992-10. Duke of York grammar essentials (Ramoaaina).  
• DEIBLER, Ellis W. Jr., author. Available: 1970; Created: 1959-1970. Aspects of discourse structure in Gahuku.
• DEIBLER, Ellis W., author. Available: 2008; Created: 1976-09-07. Yaweyuha text.  
• DUBERT, Marjorie, author. Available: 2009; Created: 1977-02. Biangai text.  
• DYE, Sally Folger, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1967-2008. Bahinemo phonology.  
• DYE, Sally; DYE, Wayne, authors. Available: 1970; Created: 1964-1970. Verb, sentence and paragraph in Bahinemo.
• FAST, Lesley, author. Available: 2012; Created: 1997-04. Fronting of non-subject clause elements in Tungag discourse.  
• FAST, Lesley, author. Available: 2012; Created: 1997-04. Participant reference in Tungag narrative.  
• FRANKLIN, Karl J.; SCORZA, David P., authors. 1989. An advanced course in Tok Pisin.
• GASAWAY, Eileen; LILLIE, Pat; SIMS, Heather, authors. Available: 1992; Created: 1977-11. Girawa grammar.  
• GODDARD, Jean, author. 1967. "Agarabi narratives and commentary."
• GRIFFIN, Margie, author. 1970. Buin discourse and paragraphs.
• GUJORO, speaker; PENCE, Alan, transcriber. 1962. The Story of Rurumur-Tipov.  
• HEALEY, Joan, author. 1984. Introductory grammar.
• HEALEY, Phyllis M., author. Available: 2011; Created: 1970-10. Structural Diversity in Telefol Sentence, Paragraph and Discourse.
• HENRY, Joan, author. Available: 2012; Created: 1992-10. Kombio Grammar Essentials.  
• HOOLEY, Bruce A., author. 2007. A Central Buang text.  
• HOOLEY, Bruce A.; HOOLEY, Joyce D., authors; HEALEY, Alan, consultant. 1970. Structure above the clause: Mapos Buang.
• HOTZ, Joyce M.; STRINGER, Mary D., compilers. 2008. Several interlinearized texts in Waffa.  
• HUDSON, Joyce, author. 1970. Walmatjari paragraph types.
• HURD, Conrad, author. 1970. Nasioi sentences.
• HUTCHISSON, Don, author. 1975. Sursurunga grammar essentials.  
• HUTCHISSON, Don, compiler. Created: 1974-1986. Sursurunga texts.  
• KIM, Duckshin; KIM, Namsoo, authors. Available: 2012; Created: 1998. Waima grammar essentials.  
• LAWRENCE, Marshall, author. 1970. Oksapmin discourse and paragraph structure.
• LITHGOW, David, author. 1975. A grammatical analysis of a Dobu text.  
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1972. Hierarchy and universality of discourse constituents in New Guinea languages: Texts.
• LUKAS, Joshua, author. 1978. A Muhiang text: Wewak trip.  
• MADDEN, Fred, author. 2009. Mengen interlinearized texts.  
• MADDEN, Fred, author. Available: 2009; Created: 2002. Mengen texts corpus.  
• MARKS, Doreen, author. 1970. Kosena sentence, paragraph and discourse.
• MCCARTHY, Joe, compiler. 2012. Notsi interlinear grammar texts.  
• MCKAUGHAN, Howard P., compiler. 1973. "Auyana texts."
• MCKAUGHAN, Howard P., compiler. 1973. "Gadsup texts."
• PHILLIPS, Donald J., author; HEALEY, Alan, consultant. 1970. Wahgi paragraphs.
• ROBERTS, John R., compiler. Available: 2007; Created: 1978-1988. Amele interlinear texts.  
• SCHOLZ, Lyle, author; HEALEY, Alan, consultant. Available: 1970; Created: 1962-1970. Kalam higher level grammar: Part I, Kalam sentence types; Part II, Kalam paragraph types; Part III, Kalam discourse types.
• THIESSEN, Jessica, researcher; JACK, Simeon; JEVES, Yoseph Mainu, speakers. 2012. Canoe-making.
• THIESSEN, Jessica, researcher; JACK, Simeon; JEVES, Yoseph Mainu, speakers. 2012. Yam Garden.
• THIESSEN, Jessica, researcher; JEVES, Yoseph Mainu, speaker. 2012. Cassowary hunt narrative.
• THIESSEN, Jessica, researcher; JEVES, Yoseph Mainu, speaker. 2012. Kanum clan.
• THIESSEN, Jessica, researcher; JEVES, Yoseph Mainu, speaker. 2012. Ngar and Rema language origin.
• THIESSEN, Jessica, researcher; MANI, Yauka, speaker. 2012. Three Cassowaries.
• THIESSEN, Jessica, researcher; TOM, Batia, speaker. 2012. Cutting Sticks.
• THIESSEN, Jessica, researcher; TOM, Batia, speaker. 2012. First Day of School.
• THIESSEN, Jessica, researcher; TOM, Batia, speaker. 2012. Fishing Story.
• VINCENT, Alexander, author. 1973. "Tairora texts."
• VOORHOEVE, C. L., author. 2010. "A remarkable chain tale from New Guinea."  
• WEBER, Thomas, author. 1997. Bimin grammar essentials.  
• WEIMER, Harry, author. Available: 2006; Created: 1963. Six Yareba texts.  
• WELLS, M., author; PECK, C., editor. Available: 2011; Created: 1970-06. Siroi paragraph types.
• WILSON, Jonathan Paul, author. 1996. Binandere nominal structures.  
• WILSON, Jonathan, author. Available: 2012; Created: 2005-06-08. Binandere Language [BHG] Dialect Survey.  
• WIVELL, Richard, author. 1981. Kairiru grammar.  

Language use

• ADLER, Richard, author. 1975. "Olsem wanem Tok Pisin i ken helpim ol manmeri long Papua Niugini?."
• BICKERTON, Derek, author. 1975. "Can English and Pidgin be kept apart?."
• BRUCE, Leslie P., author. 1996. Report of the International Conference on New Guinea Languages and Linguistics.
• CAHILL, Michael, author. 2004. From endangered to less endangered: case histories from Brazil and Papua New Guinea.  
• FREYBERG, Paul G., author. 1975. "Bai yumi mekim wanem bilong helpim Tok Pisin?."
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., editor. 1975. Tok Pisin i go we?: Proceedings of a conference held at the University of Papua New Guinea, Port Moresby, P.N.G., 18-21 September 1973.
• MEAD, Margaret, author. 1975. "On the crucial importance of Neo-Melanesian, also called Pidgin English."
• MIHALIC, F., author. 1975. "Standardisation in Pidgin."
• NOEL, John C., author. 1975. "Legitimacy of Pidgin in the development of Papua New Guinea toward nationhood."
• PINIAU, S., author. 1975. "Tok Pisin—Wanpela tok i nap long karimapim yumi olgeta."
• PINIAU, S., author. 1975. "Use of Pidgin for community development."
• SANKOFF, Gillian, author. 1975. "Wanpela lain manmeri ibin kisim Tok Pisin ikamap olosem tok ples bilong ol: Yumi ken bihainim gutpela Tok Pisin bilong ol."
• TAMOSAN, D., author. 1975. "Bikpela manmeri i kisim skul (Adult education)."
• WURM, Stephen A., author. 1975. "The question of language standardisation and Pidgin."

Languages in contact

• BAROK, Sâcnemac; MCELHANON, Kenneth A., authors. 1975. "Transfer between Selepet and Melanesian Pidgin idioms."
• COMBS, Martin R., author. 1977. Cultural considerations in language change and communication.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1990. "On the translation of official notices into Tok Pisin."
• HOOLEY, Bruce A., author. 1987. "Death or life: The prognosis for Central Buang."
• JENKINS, Rebecca Sue, author. 2000. Language contact and composite structures in New Ireland, Papua New Guinea.
• JENKINS, Rebecca Sue, author. 2005. Language Contact and Composite Structures in New Ireland.  
• PHILLIPS, Donald J., author. 1973. "The influence of English on a tribal alphabet; or, The phoneme or the allophone?."
• REESINK, Gerard P., author. 1990. "Mother tongue and Tok Pisin."
• ROOSMAN, Raden S., author. 1975. "The Malay element in Melanesian Pidgin."

Lexicography

• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1965. Review of: Problems in lexicography, Fred W. Householder and Sol Saporta, editors.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1987. Review of: Lexicography and conceptual analysis, by Anna Wierzbicka.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1988. Review of: a spectrum of lexicography: Papers from AILA, Brussels, 1984, Robert Ilson, editor.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1989. Review of: English speech act verbs: a semantic dictionary, by Anna Wierzbicka, compiler.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1998. Lexicography considerations for Tok Pisin.  
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. Available: 2008; Created: 1992. Using body part terms to begin a dictionary.  
• HEALEY, Alan, author. 1970. "List of words suitable for monolingual eliciting."
• IRWIN, Barry S., author. 1970. "Dictionaries for translator and language learner."  
• MÜHLHÄUSLER, Peter, author. 1975. "Sociolects in New Guinea Pidgin."
• SNYDER, David M., author. 1992. "Lexicography in Papuan Tip Cluster languages: Where will it lead?."

Lexicons

• AKOITAI, David; FIRCHOW, Irwin B.; FIRCHOW, Jacqueline, compilers. 1973. Vocabulary of Rotokas--Pidgin--English.  
• ALLEN, Jerry; KOESANA, Maurice; LATU, Marcello; TSIRUMITS, Maurice, compilers. 1982. Halia language: Halia to English, English to Halia.
• AMBIA, Adrian; SISIKILA, Giot; WILSON, Patricia R., authors. Available: 2008; Created: 1991-09. Ambulas-Wosera-Mamu dictionary: Wosera-Mamu, Tok Pisin, English.  
• AMBUWAT, Elias S.; NATE, John, compilers. 1976. Gaikundi Language.
• ANDERSON, Michael, author. Available: 2007; Created: 1990?. Sudest-English dictionary.  
• Anonymous. 1974. Review of: Selepet-English dictionary, by Kenneth A. McElhanon and Noreen A. McElhanon.
• BAI, Hosabi; WHITBY, Clyde M., compilers. Available: 2008; Created: 1990. Dadibi - Tok Pisin - English: po dage dabe.  
• BAKANDU, Neiman; WILSON, Patricia R., authors. Available: 2008; Created: 1990. Ambulas Wosera-Kamu-J dictionary: Wosera-Kamu-J, Tok Pisin, English.  
• BANALA, Nelson; DREW, Dorothy E.; MATTOCKS, Joyce; MATTOCKS, Rich; PAYNE, Audrey, compilers. 2007. Kamano-Kafeˀ Kemofo Agafaˀe Dictionary for Kamano-Kafeˀ English Tok Pisin.  
• BARKER, Fay; LEE, Janet, compilers. 1985. Waskia Diksenari -- Waskia, Tok Pisin, English.
• BARKER, Fay; LEE, Janet, compilers. Available: 2009; Created: 1974, 1985. Waskia diksenari: Waskia, Tok Pisin, English.  
• BEAUMONT, John R.; BEAUMONT, Margaret, compilers. Available: 2007; Created: 1988-10-06. Iamalele-English dictionary.  
• BERG, René van den; ERELIU, Vena, authors; ERELIU, Leni; KOMOE, Pol, speakers. 2011. Vitu-English Dictionary A-K.  
• BETSI, Jenny; KOPEI, Kathleen; MANOHANA, Victoria; NORETA, Borese; NOTT, Bruno; RIRIANA, Allan; SAWA, Stephen; TAKAHÖ, Valentine; TSIRUMITS, Maurice, compilers; ALLEN, Jan; ALLEN, Jerry, editors. 2012. Halia Dictionary (Halia to English and English to Halia).  
• BRETT, Richard; BROWN, Raymond; BROWN, Ruth; FOREMAN, Velma M., authors. 1962. A dictionary of Police Motu.
• BROWN, Robert; WAI, Honoratus, compilers. 1986. Diksenari: Walsana moa Pisinna moa Englisna moa (A short dictionary of the Walsa [Waris] language, Tok Pisin and English).
• BROWN, Robert; WALSA Translation Team, compilers. 2007-. Diksenari Walsana moa, Pisinna moa, Englisna moa = A short dictionary of the Walsa (Waris) language, Tok Pisin and English.  
• BUGENHAGEN, Robert D.; BUGENHAGEN, Salme E., compilers. 2007. Ro ta ipiyooto sua Mbula Uunu = Mbula-English dictionary.  
• BUNN, Gordon; BUNN, Ruth, compilers. 2009. Golin-English, English-Golin dictionary.  
• CALLISTER, Sandra, compiler. 2005. Baaba ana talisi ana buki.  
• CARR, Chris; CARR, Phil, compilers. 2012. Bamu Dictionary.  
• DANGEPNANA, John; DAVIS, Donald R., compilers; QUIGLEY, Susan R., editor. 2012. Wantoat Trilingual Dictionary - Wantoat to Tok Pisin and Wantoat to English.  
• DAVIS, Donald R., compiler. Available: 2008; Created: 1958-1974. Wantoat - English - Tok Pisin dictionary.  
• DEIBLER, Ellis W., compiler. 2008. Dictionaries of Alekano - English and English - Alekano.  
• DREW, Dorothy E.; PAYNE, Audrey, authors. 1973. A small Kamano dictionary.
• DREW, Dorothy E.; PAYNE, Audrey, compilers. 1986. Kamano-Kafeʼ Kemofo agafaʼe (Kamano-Kafeʼ--Tok Pisin--English).
• DREW, Dorothy E.; PAYNE, Audrey, compilers; BANALA, Nelson; MATTOCKS, Joyce; MATTOCKS, Rich, editors. 2005. Kamano-Kafeˀ Kemofo Agafaˀe dictionary for Kamano-Kafeˀ English Tok Pisin.  
• FARR, Cynthia J.; FARR, James B., compilers. 2008. Korafe-Yegha da dikiseneri (The Korafe-Yegha dictionary).  
• FELDPAUSCH, Becky, author. 2001. Almalu kali, eyo kali, i walowei luk kali (Namia, Tok Pisin, and English dictionary).
• FELDPAUSCH, Becky, compiler. 2006. Almalu kali, eyo kali, i walowei luk kali (Namia, Tok Pisin, and English dictionary).  
• FIRCHOW, Irwin B.; FIRCHOW, Jacqueline, compilers. 2008. Rotokas - English dictionary.  
• FRAMPTON, Joanna, compiler. 2007-. Maisin Lexicon.  
• FRANKLIN, Joice A.; FRANKLIN, Karl J.; KIRAPEASI, Yapua, compilers. 1978. A Kewa dictionary, with supplementary grammatical and anthropological materials.
• FRANKLIN, Joice A.; FRANKLIN, Karl J.; KIRAPEASI, Yapua, compilers. 2006-. A Kewa dictionary, with supplementary grammatical and anthropological materials.  
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1992. Traim tasol: Vocabulary testing in Tok Pisin.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J.; KIRAPEASI, Yapua, compilers. 2009. A Tok Pisin and West Kewa common usage diglot dictionary = Tok Pisin na Tok Kewa diksenari (pisini agaapara adaa agaa laapo i buku).  
• FRANTZ, Chester I.; FRANTZ, Marjorie, compilers. Available: 2006; Created: 1962-06-19. Gadsup dictionary.  
• GALLAGHER, Steve, compiler. 2008. Bariai dictionary West New Britain province, Papua New Guinea.  
• GARLAND, Roger; GARLAND, Susan, compilers. Available: 2009-; Created: 1983. Mountain Koiali - English dictionary, English - Mountain Koiali dictionary.  
• GIBSON, Gwen; MCCARTHY, Joy, compilers. 2003. Kanite and Inoke to English dictionary and English to Kanite and Inoke dictionary.
• GLENNON, John, compiler; GLENNON, Ariana, other. 2005. Nehan dictionary.  
• HARDIN, Barbara; LOEWEKE, Eunice; MAY, Jean; PRICE, Mavis; RICHARDSON, Edwin; RICHARDSON, Susan; WEISENBURGER, Linda, compilers. 2008. Maia - English - Tok Pisin dictionary.  
• HASHIMOTO, Kazuo, compiler. 1996. Ata-English dictionary.
• HASHIMOTO, Kazuo, compiler. Available: 2009; Created: 1996. Ata - English dictionary with English - Ata finderlist.  
• HEALEY, Alan, author. Available: 2009; Created: 1981. Telefol medical vocabulary.  
• HEALEY, Alan; HEALEY, Phyllis M., compilers. 1977. Telefol dictionary.
• HEALEY, Phyllis M.; STEINKRAUS, Walter, authors. 1972. A preliminary vocabulary of Tifal, with grammar notes.
• HENDERSON, Anne; HENDERSON, James E., compilers. 1987. Rossel language, Milne Bay Province: Rossel to English, English to Rossel.
• HEPNER, Mark, author. Available: 2007; Created: 2002-06. Bargam dictionary.  
• HOOLEY, Bruce A., compiler. 2006-. Mapos Buang dictionary.  
• HOOLEY, Bruce; RAMBOK, Mose Lung, compilers; HOOLEY, Joyce, illustrator. 2010. Ḳapiya Tateḳin Buang Vuheng-atov Ayej = Central Buang–English Dictionary .  
• HOOPUSU, Ttopoqogo; RICHERT, Ernest L., compilers; BJORKMAN, Doris; TTOPOQOGO, Mumure, editors. 2002. Noo supu: a triglot dictionary.  
• HOTZ, Joyce M.; STRINGER, Mary D., compilers. 1979. Waffa, Tok Pisin, English.
• HOTZ, Joyce M.; STRINGER, Mary D., compilers. Available: 2006; Created: 1979. Waffa, Tok Pisin, English.  
• HUCKETT, Joyce; LUCHT, Ramona, compilers; AWADOUDO, Adiloʼa, editor. Available: 2009; Created: 1992. Iduna - English, English - Iduna dictionary.  
• JÄRVINEN, Liisa; KWAN, Poh San, compilers. Available: 2007; Created: 1980-199?. Mauwake lexicon.  
• KAMBU, Anton; KERRY, Andrew; YUANIGI, Nix, compilers; WILSON, Patricia R., editor. Available: 2008; Created: 1992. Ambulas-Wingei dictionary: Wingei, Tok Pisin, English.  
• KELIWIN, Sassah; PWAKA, Solok; STUTZMAN, Robert, compilers; STUTZMAN, Verna, editor. 2012. Lou - English Dictionary.  
• KLEEF, Sjaak van, compiler. 2007. Siroi - English dictionary, English - Siroi dictionary.  
• KUNDAMA, John; SAPAYÉ, Adéru; WILSON, Patricia R., compilers. 1987. Kudi Kupuk: Ambulas (Maprik dialect)--Tok Pisin--English.
• KUNDAMA, John; SAPAYÉ, Adéru; WILSON, Patricia R., compilers. Available: 2006; Created: 1968–1987. Ambulas dictionary.  
• LAWRENCE, Marshall, compiler. 1993. Oksapmin dictionary.  
• LAWRENCE, Marshall, compiler. 2005. Oksapmin dictionary.  
• LAWRENCE, Marshall, compiler. 2006. Oksapmin dictionary.  
• LILLIE, Patricia, author. Available: 2005; Created: 1976-1999. Girawa dictionary.  
• LITHGOW, Daphne, compiler. 2007. Bunama - English dictionary, English - Bunama dictionary.  
• LITHGOW, Daphne; LITHGOW, David, authors. 1974. Muyuw language.  
• LITHGOW, Daphne; LITHGOW, David, compilers. 1998. Dobu—English dictionary.  
• LITHGOW, Daphne; LITHGOW, David, compilers. 2007. Dobu lexicon.  
• LITHGOW, Daphne; LITHGOW, David, compilers. 2007. Muyuw-English dictionary.  
• LITTERAL, Shirley, author. 1976. Review of: Bontok-English dictionary, by Lawrence A. Reid, compiler.  
• LITTERAL, Shirley, author. 1979. Review of: Kate dictionary, W. Flierl and H. Strauss, editors.  
• LLOYD, J. A., compiler. 1992. A Baruya-Tok Pisin-English dictionary.
• LLOYD, J. A., compiler. Available: 2007; Created: 1992-2007. Baruya Lexicon.  
• LOEWEKE, Eunice; MAY, Jean, compilers. Available: 2006; Created: 1981. Fasu Namo Me dictionary.  
• LOPEZ, Cecilio, translator. n.d.. Studies on Dempwolff's Vergleichende Lautlehre des Austronesischen Wortschatzes.
• LOVELL, Larry; NENEGEMO, Tau, compilers. 1995. Minaveha field notes.
• LOVING, Aretta; LOVING, Richard, compilers. 1975. Awa dictionary.
• MADDEN, Fred, compiler. Available: 2006; Created: 2002. Mengen dictionary.  
• MARKS, Doreen, author. 2007. Kosena body parts/Kosena relationship terms.  
• MARKS, Doreen, compiler. Available: 2008; Created: 1969-1975. Kosena English dictionary.  
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1976. "Introduction."
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A.; MCELHANON, Noreen A., authors. 1970. Selepet-English dictionary.
• MCGUCKIN, C. Edward; MCGUCKIN, Catherine, compilers. 1992. Gapapaiwa field notes.
• MURANE, Elizabeth; MURANE, John, compilers. Available: 2007-; Created: 1963-1977. Daga - English dictionary.  
• NOZAWA, Michiyo, compiler; APINGUA, Clement; APINQUA, David; LEVERMBU, Francis; WANEWAIN, Peter, editors. 2006. Mende triglot dictionary.  
• OLKKONEN, Kaija; OLKKONEN, Soini, compilers. 2003. Somba siawari keugö könaŋi Iŋklis keunöŋ: diksönöri mutukŋi.
• OLKKONEN, Kaija; OLKKONEN, Soini, compilers. 2004. Iŋklis keugö könaŋi Somba Siawari keunöŋ: Iŋklis SomSi Diksönöri bohonŋi.  
• OLKKONEN, Kaija; OLKKONEN, Soini, compilers. 2007. Somba-Siawari (Burum Mindik)—English dictionary.  
• PARLIER, James; PARLIER, Judith, compilers. 1981. Managalasi dictionary.  
• PETTERSON, Robert G., compiler. Available: 2007; Created: 1989. Rumu Lexicon.  
• RICHERT, Ernest L., compiler; BJORKMAN, Doris, editor. 2007. Guhu-Samene Lexicon.  
• ROBERTS, John R., author. 1993. Review of: Hua-English dictionary, by John Haiman.
• SANDERS, Arden G.; SANDERS, Joy, compilers. 1996. Wand Tuan wand puate: Yumbo yumbo buagi raqe wund (As tok bilong Tok Ples Wand Tuan: Kamasau practical tri-glot dictionary).  
• SCOTT, Graham K., author. 1980. Fore dictionary.
• SIMONS, Gary F.; SIMONS, Linda, authors. 1977. A vocabulary of Biliau, an Austronesian language of New Guinea, with notes on its development from Proto Oceanic.  
• SMITH, Jean; WESTON, Pamela, compilers. 2009. Mianmin - English English - Mianmin Tok Pidgin - Mianmin dictionary.  
• SOUTHWELL, Gwyneth; SOUTHWELL, Neville, compilers. Available: 2008; Created: 1969. Komba dictionary.  
• SPEECE, Richard F., compiler. 2006-. Angave dictionary.  
• TAUBERSCHMIDT, Gerhard, compiler. 1995. Sinaugoro dictionary.
• TAUBERSCHMIDT, Gerhard, compiler. Available: 2007; Created: 1987-1995. Sinaugoro dictionary.  
• WEIMER, Harry; WEIMER, Natalia, compilers. 1974. Yareba language.
• WHITBY, Clyde M., author. Available: 2006; Created: 1990. Dadibi - Tok Pisin - English dictionary: po dage dabe.  
• WHITNEY, Henry, compiler. Available: 2002; Created: 1995. Akoye triglot dictionary.  
• WILSON, Darryl; WILSON, Lael, compilers. Available: 2008-; Created: 1973. Suena - English dictionary and English - Suena dictionary.  
• WILSON, Patricia R., author. Available: 2008; Created: 1998-10-31. Ambulas-Wosera-Kamu-K dictionary.  
• WIVELL, Dick, author. 1981. Kairiru dictionary.  
• YOUNG, Robert A.; YOUNG, Rosemary, compilers. Available: 2006; Created: 1975?. Benabena dictionary.  

Lexicostatistics

• ABBOTT, Stan, author. 1985. "Nor-Pondo lexicostatistical survey."
• BEE, Darlene; PENCE, Alan R., authors. 1962. "Toward standardization of a survey word list for Papua and New Guinea."
• EZARD, Bryan, author. 1977. Lexicostatistical and other methods of classifying languages.  
• HEALEY, Alan, author. 1969. Review of: a lexicostatistical classification of the Austronesian languages, by Isidore Dyen.
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1987. "Basic vocabulary as a tool for classifying Papuan languages."
• SANDERS, Arden G., author. 1977. Guidelines for conducting a lexicostatistic survey in Papua New Guinea.
• SHAW, R. Daniel, author. 1986. "The Bosavi language family."
• SIMONS, Gary F., author. 1977. Recognizing patterns of divergence and convergence in a matrix of lexicostatistic relations.
• SIMONS, Gary F., author. 1977. Tables of significance for lexicostatistics.

Linguistic terminology

• SENFT, Gunter, author. 1993. "These ‘Procrustean’ feelings... . Some of my problems in describing Kilivila."

Linguistic textbooks

• BARON, Wietze, author. 1987. Doing phonology.

Linguistic theory

• KERR, Harland B., author. 1987. "A theory of language organisation based on Hjelmslev’s function oriented theory of language."
• LOVING, Richard; THOMAS, David D., editors. 1977. Proceedings of the S.I.L. consultants seminar, Ukarumpa 1976.  
• ROBERTS, John R., author. 1989. Review of: Universal grammar: 15 essays, by Edward L. Keenan.

Linguistics

• ABBOTT, Stan, author. 1980. Interclausal Relations: A Semantic Analysis.  
• ABBOTT, Stan, author. 1985. "A tentative multilevel multiunit phonological analysis of the Murik language."
• ACTON, Beth; AYABE, Joy, authors. 2001. Saposa Organised Phonology Data.  
• ADAMS, Karen L., author. 1976. An analysis of Patep hortatory texts.  
• ADAMS, Karen L., author. 1976. An analysis of Patep narrative texts.  
• ADAMS, Karen L.; LAUCK, Linda M., authors. 1975. A tentative phonemic statement of Patep.  
• AESCHLIMAN, Ulys, author. 1992. Nobnob Organised Phonology Data.  
• AKOITAI, David; FIRCHOW, Irwin B.; FIRCHOW, Jacqueline, compilers. 1973. Vocabulary of Rotokas--Pidgin--English.  
• ALLEN, Jan; ALLEN, Jerry, authors. 1994. Halia Organised Phonology Data.  
• ALLEN, Janice, author. 1972. "Relationships between sentence and discourse in Halia."
• ALLEN, Janice; HURD, Phyllis W., authors. 1972. "Manambu phonemes."
• ALLEN, Jerry, author. 1971. "Tense/aspect and conjunctions in Halia narratives."
• ALLEN, Jerry, author. 1978. Halia verb morphology: From morpheme to discourse.  
• ALLEN, Jerry, author. 1987. Halia grammar.
• ALLEN, Jerry; BEASO, Matthew, authors. 1975. Petats phonemes and orthography.  
• ALLEN, Jerry; KOESANA, Maurice; LATU, Marcello; TSIRUMITS, Maurice, compilers. 1982. Halia language: Halia to English, English to Halia.
• ALLEN, Karan; KENEQA, Betty, authors. Available: 2010; Created: 2006. Foia Foia organised phonology data; Foia Foia, Western Province.  
• ALUNGUM, John; CONRAD, Robert J.; LUKAS, Joshua, authors. 1978. Some Muhiang grammatical notes.  
• ALUNGUM, John; CONRAD, Robert J.; LUKAS, Joshua, authors. Available: 2009; Created: 1977. Preliminary phonology of Mufian (Southern Arapesh).  
• AMBIA, Adrian; SISIKILA, Giot; WILSON, Patricia R., authors. Available: 2008; Created: 1991-09. Ambulas-Wosera-Mamu dictionary: Wosera-Mamu, Tok Pisin, English.  
• AMBUWAT, Elias S.; NATE, John, compilers. 1976. Gaikundi Language.
• ANDERSEN, T. David; ROBERTS, John R., authors. 1991. "An exception to the hodiernal: Non-hodiernal distinction."
• ANDERSON, Carol, author. 1994. Folopa Organised Phonology Data.  
• ANDERSON, Carol, author. 2010. Beginning Folopa Language Lessons and Simple Glossary.  
• ANDERSON, Carol, author. Available: 2009; Created: 1995. Serial Verbs in Folopa.  
• ANDERSON, Carol, author. Available: 2010; Created: 1995-11. Addendum to Folopa phonology.  
• ANDERSON, Carol; ANDERSON, Neil, authors. Available: 2009; Created: 1995-01. Folopa phonology.  
• ANDERSON, Michael, author. 1992. "Object classifying morphemes in Sudest."
• ANDERSON, Michael, author. Available: 2007; Created: 1990?. Sudest-English dictionary.  
• ANDERSON, Michael; ROSS, Malcolm, authors. 2002. "Sudest."
• ANDERSON, Neil, author. 1989. "Folopa existential verbs."  
• ANDERSON, Neil; WADE, Martha, authors. 1988. "Ergativity and control in Folopa."
• Anonymous. 1967. Review of: Comparative and historical problems in East New Guinea highland languages, by Darlene Bee.
• Anonymous. 1967. Review of: Telefol clause structure, by Phyllis M. Healey.
• Anonymous. 1967. Review of: Telefol noun phrases, by Phyllis M. Healey.
• Anonymous. 1974. Review of: a comparative study of Kuman and Pawaian: Non-Austronesian languages of New Guinea, by David Trefry.
• Anonymous. 1974. Review of: Levels and chaining in Telefol sentences, by Phyllis M. Healey.
• Anonymous. 1974. Review of: Selepet phonology, by Kenneth A. McElhanon.
• Anonymous. 1974. Review of: Selepet-English dictionary, by Kenneth A. McElhanon and Noreen A. McElhanon.
• Anonymous. 1992. Au Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 1992. Awa Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 1994. Ewage Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 1997. Dia Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 1998. Amanab Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2000. Yopno Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2002. Molima Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2003. Guhu-Samane Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Bamu Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Bemal Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Biangai Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Bipi Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Bola Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Botin Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Bouye Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Buhutu Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Bukiyip Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Bwaidoka Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Chambri Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Chuave Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Daga Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Fuyuge Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Gadsup-Akuna Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Gaikundi-Ontena Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Gizrra Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Golin Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Hanga Hundi Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Huli Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Iduna Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Imbongu Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Irumu Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Kaian Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Kalam Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Kalo Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Kaluli Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Kamano Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Kamasau Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Kamula Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Kapau Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Karkar Yuri Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Khekek Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Kire Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Kiriwina Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Kobon Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Kol Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Korafe Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Kube Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Kurti Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Maiadom Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Maiani Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Mala Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Manambu Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Mangseng Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Marik Dami Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Mauwake Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Melamela Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Melpa Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Miniafia Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Motu Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Nagovisi Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Nali Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Namia Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Nankina Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Nasioi Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Nek Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Nekgini Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Olo Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Omie Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Orokolo Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Patpatar Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Pawaia Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Pole Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Rapoisi Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Rotokas Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Samo Kubo Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Saniyo Hiyewe Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Selepet Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Sepik Iwam Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Siane Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Sudest Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Sursurunga Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Tairora Northern Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Tanggu Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Teop Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Tinputz Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Toaripi Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Tolai Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Tubetube Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Umanakaina Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Umbu ungu Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Urat Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Usan Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Usarufa Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Usino Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Uware Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Waffa Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Waima Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Washkuk Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Wipi Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Wiru Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Wom Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Wuvulu Aua Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Yade Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Yagaria Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Yagwoia Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Yaweyuha Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. 2011. Yongkom Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. Available: 2004; Created: 1983?. Organised phonology data: Auhelawa language [KUD] Milne Bay Province.  
• Anonymous. Available: 2006; Created: 2004-08-14. Organised phonology data: Duau (Duwau) language [dua].  
• Anonymous. Available: 2006; Created: 2004-08-14. Organised phonology data: Duna (Yuna) language.  
• Anonymous. Available: 2008; Created: 1976. Iamalele sentences.  
• Anonymous. Available: 2009; Created: 2002. Mesem Organised Phonology Data: Morobe province.  
• Anonymous. n.d.. Amako organised phonology data.  
• Anonymous. n.d.. Baining Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. n.d.. Bilbil Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. n.d.. Binumarien Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. n.d.. Enga Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. n.d.. Erima Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. n.d.. Fas Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. n.d.. Gadsup-Ontena Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. n.d.. Gende Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. n.d.. Gimi Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. n.d.. Iamalele Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. n.d.. Idi Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. n.d.. Iwal Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. n.d.. Kela Apoze Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. n.d.. Kela Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. n.d.. Kerewo Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. n.d.. Kesawai Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. n.d.. Kiwai Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. n.d.. Koriki Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. n.d.. Kwomtari Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. n.d.. Lele Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. n.d.. Lembena Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. n.d.. Maiwa Organised Phonology Data.
• Anonymous. n.d.. Mandara Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. n.d.. Maring Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. n.d.. Misima Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. n.d.. Mountain Koiali Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. n.d.. Munit Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. n.d.. Murik Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. n.d.. Ninggirum Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. n.d.. Ningil Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. n.d.. Nochi Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. n.d.. Ono Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. n.d.. Petats Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. n.d.. Rao Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. n.d.. Saep Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. n.d.. Salt Yui Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. n.d.. Sob Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. n.d.. Suena Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. n.d.. Taulil Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. n.d.. Tauya Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. n.d.. Tigak Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. n.d.. Wahgi Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. n.d.. Yil Organised Phonology Data.  
• Anonymous. n.d.. Zia Organised Phonology Data.  
• ÅRSJÖ, Britten, author. 1994. "Topic in Ama discourse."
• ÅRSJÖ, Britten, author. 1998. Review of: The role of inflection in Scandinavian syntax, by Anders Holmberg and Christer Platzack.
• ÅRSJÖ, Britten, author. Available: 2009; Created: 1999. Words in Ama.  
• ÅRSJÖ, Britten; ÅRSJÖ, Sören, authors. 1994. Ama Organised Phonology Data.  
• ÅRSJÖ, Britten; ÅRSJÖ, Sören, authors. 2005. "Phonology and orthography essentials: Konai (Kala̱i̱) language (Western Province Papua New Guinea)."  
• ÅRSJÖ, Britten; ÅRSJÖ, Sören, authors. Available: 2009; Created: 2005. Organised phonology data Konai (Kala̱i̱) language.  
• AUSTING, John F., author. 1976. The theme-line of Second Corinthians.
• AUSTING, John F.; AUSTING, June., authors. 1977. Semantics of Ömie discourse.
• AUSTING, John F.; UPIA, Randolph, authors. 1975. "Highlights of Ömie morphology."
• AXELSSON, Solveig; OLIVER, Mary, authors. 1977. "A tentative phonemic statement of the Bilibil language."
• BACHET, Peter; BERG, René van den, authors. 2006. Vitu grammar sketch.  
• BACHET, Peter; BERG, René van den; ERELIU, Vena, authors. 2006. Organised Phonology Data, Muduapa (Vitu, Pole Matotoa) Language.  
• BAEHR, Peirce; GALLAGHER, Steve, authors. 2005. Bariai grammar sketch.  
• BAI, Hosabi; WHITBY, Clyde M., compilers. Available: 2008; Created: 1990. Dadibi - Tok Pisin - English: po dage dabe.  
• BAILEY, David A., author. 1975. Abau language: Phonology and grammar.
• BAKANDU, Neiman; WILSON, Patricia R., authors. Available: 2008; Created: 1990. Ambulas Wosera-Kamu-J dictionary: Wosera-Kamu-J, Tok Pisin, English.  
• BALA, Alfred; TAUBERSCHMIDT, Gerhard, authors. 1992. "Transitivity and ergativity in Sinaugoro."
• BANALA, Nelson; DREW, Dorothy E.; MATTOCKS, Joyce; MATTOCKS, Rich; PAYNE, Audrey, compilers. 2007. Kamano-Kafeˀ Kemofo Agafaˀe Dictionary for Kamano-Kafeˀ English Tok Pisin.  
• BARKER, Fay, author. 1992. Waskia Organised Phonology Data.  
• BARKER, Fay; LEE, Janet, authors. 2009. A tentative phonemic statement of Waskia.  
• BARKER, Fay; LEE, Janet, compilers. 1985. Waskia Diksenari -- Waskia, Tok Pisin, English.
• BARKER, Fay; LEE, Janet, compilers. Available: 2009; Created: 1974, 1985. Waskia diksenari: Waskia, Tok Pisin, English.  
• BAROK, Sâcnemac; MCELHANON, Kenneth A., authors. 1975. "Transfer between Selepet and Melanesian Pidgin idioms."
• BARON, Wietze, author. 1979. "Light from the dark ages of Chomsky and Halle’s ‘Abstract phonology’."  
• BARON, Wietze, author. 1983. "Cases of counter-feeding in Fas."
• BARON, Wietze, author. 1987. Doing phonology.
• BARON, Wietze, author. Available: 2012; Created: 1983. Kwomtari Survey.  
• BARON, Wietze, author. Available: 2012; Created: 1983. Orthographies and Orthographic Mismatches: Fas vs Melanesian Pidgin.  
• BARON, Wietze, author. Available: 2012; Created: 1983-84. Aspects of Tense and Aspect in Fas.  
• BARON, Wietze, author. Available: 2012; Created: 1986. Malay Influence on West Sepik Kinship Terminology.  
• BARON, Wietze, author. Available: 2012; Created: 2007-10. Overview of Fas Phonology.  
• BASS, Jack, compiler. 2008. Wosera text.  
• BEAUMONT, John R., author. 1988. "Grammatical features of cohesion in Iamalele."
• BEAUMONT, John R., author. 2008. Grammatical features of prominence in Iamalele.  
• BEAUMONT, John R.; BEAUMONT, Margaret, authors. 1975. Iamalele clause types and structure.  
• BEAUMONT, John R.; BEAUMONT, Margaret, compilers. Available: 2007; Created: 1988-10-06. Iamalele-English dictionary.  
• BEE, Darlene, author. 1964. Usarufa distinctive features and phonemes.
• BEE, Darlene, author. 1965. "Comparative and historical problems in East New Guinea highland languages."
• BEE, Darlene, author. 1965. "Usarufa distinctive features and phonemes."
• BEE, Darlene, author. 1965. Usarufa: a descriptive grammar.
• BEE, Darlene, author. 1972. "Phonological interference between Usarufa and Pidgin English."  
• BEE, Darlene, author. 1973. Neo-tagmemics: An integrated approach to linguistic analysis and description.
• BEE, Darlene, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1966-08. Binumarien grammar essentials for translation.  
• BEE, Darlene, compiler. 1973. "Usarufa text."
• BEE, Darlene; CHENOWETH, Vida, authors. 1971. "Comparative-generative models of a New Guinea melodic structure."
• BEE, Darlene; GLASGOW, Kathleen B., authors. 1962. "Usarufa tone and segmental phonemes."
• BEE, Darlene; GODDARD, Jean; LUFF, Lorna, authors. 1973. "Notes on Agarabi phonology."
• BEE, Darlene; KOOYERS, Martha; KOOYERS, Orneal, authors. 1971. "The phonemes of Washkuk (Kwoma)."
• BEE, Darlene; LITHGOW, Daphne; LITHGOW, David, authors. Available: 2007; Created: 1970. A note on Muyuw verbs.  
• BENNETT, Douglas; BENNETT, Jeanette, authors. 1992. Awad Bing Organised Phonology Data.  
• BERG, René van den, author. 2006. "An unusual passive in Western Oceanic: the case of Vitu."  
• BERG, René van den; ERELIU, Vena, authors; ERELIU, Leni; KOMOE, Pol, speakers. 2011. Vitu-English Dictionary A-K.  
• BERG, René van den; PEARSON, Gregory, authors. 2008. Lote grammar sketch.  
• BERGHÄLL, Liisa, author. 2010. Mauwake reference grammar.  
• BETSI, Jenny; KOPEI, Kathleen; MANOHANA, Victoria; NORETA, Borese; NOTT, Bruno; RIRIANA, Allan; SAWA, Stephen; TAKAHÖ, Valentine; TSIRUMITS, Maurice, compilers; ALLEN, Jan; ALLEN, Jerry, editors. 2012. Halia Dictionary (Halia to English and English to Halia).  
• BJORKMAN, Doris; GEARY, Elaine; PENCE, Alan R., authors. 1970. "Kunimaipa nominals."
• BLAKE, Peter, author; CEDER, Britt; CEDER, Sune, facilitators. Available: 2012; Created: 2000-08. Participant reference in Dedua.  
• BLEWETT, Stephen C., author. 1991. "Irrealis in Manam discourse."
• BODEGRAVEN, Elly van; BODEGRAVEN, Nico van, authors. 2005. "Phonology essentials Gizzra language."  
• BOEVÉ, Alma; CHIU, Stephany; LAUGHMAN, Beth, authors. 1999. Neme Organised Phonology Data.  
• BOLYANATZ, Alexander H., author. 1998. "Where is Claes Pietersz Bay? An episode in the history of the Sursurunga of New Ireland."
• BOUSH, Al, compiler. 1994. Tifal Organised Phonology Data.  
• BOUSH, Alfred, author. Available: 2007; Created: 1975-04. Tifal grammar essentials.  
• BOUSH, Alfred, author. Available: 2007; Created: 1979-11. Aspect on Tifal final and medial verbs.  
• BOUSH, Alfred; BOUSH, Susan, authors. Available: 2007; Created: 1974-04. Tifal phonology.  
• BOXWELL, Helen, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1975. Information blocking in Weri.  
• BOXWELL, Helen; BOXWELL, Maurice, authors. 1966. "Weri phonemes."
• BOXWELL, Helen; BOXWELL, Maurice, authors. Available: 2008; Created: 1969. Weri verb phrases.  
• BOXWELL, Maurice, author. 1967. "Weri pronoun system."
• BOXWELL, Maurice, author. 1980. "Identification and movement of participants in Weri narrative discourse."
• BOXWELL, Maurice, author. 1990. Co-referentiality through nominal elements in Weri.  
• BOXWELL, Maurice, author. 1992. Weri Organised Phonology Data.  
• BRADSHAW, L. Robert, compiler; KIKKAWA, Keiko, other. 2002. Doromu Organised Phonology Data.  
• BRADSHAW, Robert, author. 2007. Fuyug grammar sketch.  
• BRADSHAW, Robert, author. Available: 2009; Created: 1996. Fuyug phonology essentials.  
• BRETT, Richard; BROWN, Raymond; BROWN, Ruth; FOREMAN, Velma M., authors. 1962. A dictionary of Police Motu.
• BROWN, Alan, author. 1992. Kovai Organised Phonology Data.  
• BROWN, Bob, author. Available: 2012; Created: 1990-06. Waris grammar sketch.  
• BROWN, G.; DANKS, B., authors; DAVIES, Robyn; FRITZELL, Lisbeth, others. 1999. Ramoaaina Organised Phonology Data.  
• BROWN, Robert, author. 1981. "Semantic aspects of some Waris predications."
• BROWN, Robert, author. 1988. "Waris case system and verb classification."
• BROWN, Robert, compiler. 2001. Waris Organised Phonology Data.  
• BROWN, Robert; WAI, Honoratus, compilers. 1986. Diksenari: Walsana moa Pisinna moa Englisna moa (A short dictionary of the Walsa [Waris] language, Tok Pisin and English).
• BROWN, Robert; WALSA Translation Team, compilers. 2007-. Diksenari Walsana moa, Pisinna moa, Englisna moa = A short dictionary of the Walsa (Waris) language, Tok Pisin and English.  
• BROWNIE, John; BROWNIE, Marjo, authors. 2002. Orthography and phonology description Mussau-Emira language: St. Matthias Islands—New Ireland province.
• BROWNIE, John; BROWNIE, Marjo, authors. 2007. Mussau grammar essentials.  
• BROWNIE, John; BROWNIE, Marjo, authors. 2009. Organised phonology data: Mussau-Emira; New Ireland province.  
• BRUCE, Kathleen; BRUCE, Leslie P., authors. 2010. "Emotions in the Alamblak lexicon."  
• BRUCE, Leslie P., author. 1974. "Alamblak passivity."  
• BRUCE, Leslie P., author. 1975. "Alamblak alveopalatals: Dead portmanteaus."
• BRUCE, Leslie P., author. 1977. "On the origin of language."
• BRUCE, Leslie P., author. 1979. A grammar of Alamblak (Papua New Guinea).
• BRUCE, Leslie P., author. 1983. "Subject as a conflation of role and topicality factors."
• BRUCE, Leslie P., author. 1984. The Alamblak language of Papua New Guinea (East Sepik).
• BRUCE, Leslie P., author. 1986. "Serialisation: the interface of syntax and lexicon."
• BRUCE, Leslie P., author. 1988. "Serialization: From syntax to lexicon."
• BRUCE, Leslie P., author. 1991. Second International Cognitive Linguistics Association (ICLA) Conference, July 29-August 2, 1991, U. C. Santa Cruz.
• BUGENHAGEN, R., author. 1992. Mangap Mbula Organised Phonology Data.  
• BUGENHAGEN, Robert D., author. 1986. "Possession in Mangap-Mbula: Its syntax and semantics."
• BUGENHAGEN, Robert D., author. 1989. "Modality in Mangap-Mbula: An exploration of its syntax and semantics."
• BUGENHAGEN, Robert D., author. 1993. "The semantics of irrealis in Austronesian languages of Papua New Guinea. A cross-linguistic study."
• BUGENHAGEN, Robert D., author. 2010. "Talking about motion and location in Tuam."  
• BUGENHAGEN, Robert D.; BUGENHAGEN, Salme E., authors. 1995. "Mbula."
• BUGENHAGEN, Robert D.; BUGENHAGEN, Salme E., compilers. 2007. Ro ta ipiyooto sua Mbula Uunu = Mbula-English dictionary.  
• BUGENHAGEN, Salme E., author. 2009. Saveeng organised phonology data.  
• BUGENHAGEN, Salme E.; MARTENS, Mary, authors. 1977. A tentative phonemic statement in Yil in West Sepik province.  
• BUNN, Gordon, author. 1974. Golin grammar.  
• BUNN, Gordon, compiler. Available: 2007; Created: 1970. Golin text.  
• BUNN, Gordon; BUNN, Ruth, authors. 1970. "Golin phonology."
• BUNN, Gordon; BUNN, Ruth, authors. Available: 2007; Created: 1960-197?. Golin: essentials for translation text.  
• BUNN, Gordon; BUNN, Ruth, compilers. 2009. Golin-English, English-Golin dictionary.  
• CAHILL, Michael, author. 2008. "Word games as experimental linguistics."  
• CAHILL, Michael, author. 2011. "Tonal Diversity in Languages of Papua New Guinea."  
• CALLISTER, Sandra, compiler. 2005. Baaba ana talisi ana buki.  
• CALLISTER, William, author. 1993. "Misiman phonology."  
• CAMPBELL, Carl; CAMPBELL, Jody, authors. 1987. Yade Grammar Essentials.  
• CAMPBELL, Carl; CAMPBELL, Jody, compilers. 2001. Yale Organised Phonology Data.  
• CANAVAN, Alan, author. 1999. Linkage in Bwanabwana.  
• CAPELL, A; COOPER, Russ; EZARD, Bryan; JELLICO, Livingstone; LITHGOW, David; LYNCH, J; PAWLEY, A, others. n.d.. Suau Organised Phonology Data.  
• CARLSON, Terry, author. 1993. Tainae Organised Phonology Data.  
• CARLSON, Terry, author. Available: 2006; Created: 1991-04. Tainae grammar essentials.  
• CARLSON, Terry, author. Available: 2012; Created: 1993-04-01. Supplemental discussion for Tainae phonology essentials.  
• CARR, Chris; CARR, Phil, compilers. 2012. Bamu Dictionary.  
• CARR, Philip, author. Available: 2010; Created: 2006. Hoyahoya organised phonology data; Hoyayoya [hhy] - Western Province.  
• CEDER, Britt; CEDER, Sune, authors. 2003. Dedua Organised Phonology Data.  
• CHIPPING, Amy L.; LLOYD, J. A., editors. 1977. Phonologies from six village living experiences.
• CHITTLEBOROUGH, Martin; HEALEY, Alan; ISOROEMBO, Ambrose, authors. 1969. "Preliminary notes on Orokaiva grammar."
• CHUNG, Chul-Hwa, author. 1999. Kuot Organised Phonology Data.  
• CHUNG, Chul-Hwa, author. Available: 2012; Created: 1999-04. Participant reference in Kuot narrative.  
• CHUNG, Chul-Hwa, author. Available: 2012; Created: 1999-04. The discourse function of 'ara' in Kuot narrative.  
• CHUNG, Chul-Hwa; CHUNG, Kyung-Ja, authors. 1996. "Kuot grammar essentials."  
• CHUNG, Je-Soon, author. Available: 1995; Created: 1992. Mekeo Organised Phonology Data.  
• CHUNG, Je-Soon, author. Available: 2012; Created: 1997-12. Solving Residues in Mekeo Grammar Essentials.  
• CLARK, Dawn S., author. 1993. "The phonology of the Sio language."  
• CLARK, Dawn S.; CLARK, Stephen, authors. Available: 2008; Created: 1987. Sio grammar essentials.  
• CLARK, Dawn, compiler. 1993. Sio Organised Phonology Data.  
• CLARK, Stephen A., author. 2012. Participant Reference in Narrative Discourse: A Comparison of Three Methodologies.  
• CLIFTON, John M., author. 1988. Nonsyllabic vocoids.
• CLIFTON, John M., author. 1990. Case marking strategies in Kope.
• CLIFTON, John M., author. 1991. Kope Organised Phonology Data.  
• CLIFTON, John M., author. 1995. A grammar sketch of the Kaki Ae language.
• CLIFTON, John M., author. 1995. Vanimo Organised Phonology Data.  
• CLIFTON, John M., author. 1997. Kaki Ae Organised Phonology Data.  
• CLIFTON, John M., editor. 1985. Five phonological studies.
• CLIFTON, John M., editor. 1987. Studies in Melanesian orthographies.
• CLIFTON, John M., editor. 1993. Phonologies of Austronesian languages 2.
• CLIFTON, John M., editor. 1996. Two non-Austronesian grammars from the islands.
• CLIFTON, John M.; PRYOR, David, authors. 1987. "Nasalisation in Kire."  
• COCHRAN, Anne M., author. 1968. "Notes on Yoliapi."  
• COCHRAN, Anne M., author. 1978. "A comparative study of Milne Bay phonology."
• COCHRAN, Anne M.; WEIMER, Dorothy W.; WEST, Edith, authors. 1981. "Ampeeli-Wojokeso consonant clusters: a study in syllable complexity."
• COCHRANE, Dennis; COCHRANE, Nancy, authors. Available: 2009; Created: 1963. Duna phonemes.  
• COCHRANE, Dennis; COCHRANE, Nancy, authors. Available: 2009; Created: 1966. Duna essentials for translation.  
• COLBURN, Michael A., author. 1981. "Erima disjunction."
• COLBURN, Michael A., author. 1981. The functions and meanings of the Erima deictic articles.
• COLICH, Kim, author. 1995. Tami Organised Phonology Data.  
• COLLIER, Kenneth J.; COLLIER, Margaret, authors. 1975. A tentative phonemic statement of the Apoze dialect, Kela language.  
• COMBS, Martin R., author. 1984. Glides: The problem of definition and analysis, including a discussion of the treatment of semivowel glides in Micronesia and an acoustic phonetic analysis of glides in selected Trukic dialects.
• CONDRA, Ed, author. Available: 2012; Created: 1989-03. Patpatar grammar essentials.  
• CONRAD, Jo Ann; CONRAD, Robert J., authors. 1987. "The symbolization of /ə/ in Mufian (Southern Arapesh)."  
• CONRAD, Robert J., author. 1971. Some batteries of transformations in Iwam.
• CONRAD, Robert J., author. 1972. "Distribution and internal structure of some Iwam noun phrases."
• CONRAD, Robert J., author. 1976. "Batteries of transformations in May River Iwam."
• CONRAD, Robert J., author. 1984. Kinds of information and participant identification in discourse.
• CONRAD, Robert J., author. 1987. "Kinds of information in Bukiyip oral narrative discourse."
• CONRAD, Robert J., author. 1993. "Pronoun systems in Sepik Iwam oral narratives."
• CONRAD, Robert J., author. Available: 2009; Created: 1982. Focus spaces and deictic anchorage in Mufian narrative discourse.  
• CONRAD, Robert J., author. Available: 2009; Created: 1995. A comparison of Mufian (Balif) and Filifita (Ilahita) phonology, grammar and semantics.  
• CONRAD, Robert J.; HUNNEY, Paul; LASZLO, Marilyn, authors. Available: 2008; Created: 1981. Cohesion in Sepik Iwam.  
• CONRAD, Robert J.; HUNNEY, Paul; LASZLO, Marilyn, authors. Available: 2008; Created: 1981. Participant identification in Sepik Iwam.  
• CONRAD, Robert J.; HUNNEY, Paul; LASZLO, Marilyn, authors. Available: 2008; Created: 1981. The use of 'ɨna' and 'ɨni' in Sepik Iwam discourse.  
• CONRAD, Robert J.; HUNNEY, Paul; LASZLO, Marilyn, authors. Available: 2009; Created: 1981. Pronoun systems in Sepik Iwam discourse.  
• CONRAD, Robert J.; LASZLO, Marilyn; REHBURG, Judith, authors. Available: 2009; Created: 1970. Comparison of Sepik Iwam and May River Iwam.  
• CONRAD, Robert J.; WOGIGA, Kepas, authors. 1991. An outline of Bukiyip grammar.
• CONRAD, Robert, author. 1992. May River Iwam Organised Phonology Data.  
• CONRAD, Robert, author. 1992. Mufian Organised Phonology Data.  
• CONRAD, Robert, author. 1996. Filifita Organised Phonology Data.  
• COOPER, Russell E., author. 1992. "‘That’s’ what I’m talking about: Discourse level deixis in Buhutu."
• COOPER, Russell E., author. 1996. "Can a ‘top-down’ CARLA emulate HARLA? Some discourse level considerations for our next generation of parsers."
• D’JERNES, Jeffrey; RAYMOND, Mary, authors. 2005. "Phonology essentials Arop-Lokep language."  
• D’JERNES, Lucille, author. 2002. "Arop-Lokep."
• DANGEPNANA, John; DAVIS, Donald R., compilers; QUIGLEY, Susan R., editor. 2012. Wantoat Trilingual Dictionary - Wantoat to Tok Pisin and Wantoat to English.  
• DAVIES, H. John, author. 1977. Kobon phonology.
• DAVIES, H. John, author. 1980. "The phonological status of the semivowel in Kobon."
• DAVIES, H. John, author. 1980. Kobon phonology.
• DAVIES, H. John, author. 1981. "The syntax of the simple sentence in Kobon."
• DAVIES, Robyn, author. 1997. Participant reference in Ramoaaina.
• DAVIES, Robyn, author. 2001. Participant reference in Ramoaaina narrative.  
• DAVIES, Robyn, author. Available: 2009; Created: 2001-03. Cohesion in Ramoaaina.  
• DAVIES, Robyn; FRITZELL, Lisbeth, authors. Available: 2012; Created: 1992-10. Duke of York grammar essentials (Ramoaaina).  
• DAVIES, Robyn; FRITZELL, Lisbeth, authors. Available: 2012; Created: 1997-09. Ramoaaina phonology essentials.  
• DAVIS, Donald R., author. 1964. "Wantoat verb stem classes and affixation."  
• DAVIS, Donald R., author. 1964. Wantoat clauses.  
• DAVIS, Donald R., author. 1969. "The distinctive features of Wantoat phonemes."
• DAVIS, Donald R., author. 1972. "Axis-relator phrases in Wantoat."
• DAVIS, Donald R., author. 1973. "Wantoat paragraph structure."
• DAVIS, Donald R., compiler. Available: 2008; Created: 1958-1974. Wantoat - English - Tok Pisin dictionary.  
• DAVIS, Donald, author. 1994. Wantoat Organised Phonology Data.  
• DAWSON, Marcus; DAWSON, May, authors. 1974. Kobon phrases.  
• DEAN, James C., editor. 1962. Studies in New Guinea linguistics by members of the Summer Institute of Linguistics (New Guinea branch).
• DECKER, Margaret, author. 1979. "Clause chaining in Papuan languages."
• DEIBLER, Ellis W. Jr., author. Available: 1970; Created: 1959-1970. Aspects of discourse structure in Gahuku.
• DEIBLER, Ellis W., author. 1964. "The application of matrix to the Gahuku verbs."
• DEIBLER, Ellis W., author. 1968. "Trends in tagmemics."  
• DEIBLER, Ellis W., author. 1969. "Sememics and translation."  
• DEIBLER, Ellis W., author. 1971. "Uses of the verb ‘to say’ in Gahuku."  
• DEIBLER, Ellis W., author. 1973. Gahuku verb structure.
• DEIBLER, Ellis W., author. 1976. Semantic relationships of Gahuku verbs.  
• DEIBLER, Ellis W., author. 1987. "The function of glottal stop in Gahuku."  
• DEIBLER, Ellis W., author. 1988. Adding contextual information.
• DEIBLER, Ellis W., author. Available: 2008; Created: 1976. A Gahuku-Yaweyuha comparative grammar.  
• DEIBLER, Ellis W., author. Available: 2008; Created: 1976-09-07. Yaweyuha text.  
• DEIBLER, Ellis W., compiler. 2008. Dictionaries of Alekano - English and English - Alekano.  
• DEIBLER, Ellis W.; JAMES, Dorothy J.; POTTS, Denise, authors. Available: 2008; Created: 1974. Yaweyuha phonemes.  
• DEIBLER, Ellis, author. 1992. Alekano Organised Phonology Data.  
• D'JERNES, Jeff; D'JERNES, Sissie, compilers. 1992. Arop Organised Phonology Data.  
• DONDORP, Anne; RULE, Murray, authors. 1998. Onobasulu Organised Phonology Data.  
• DOWNING, John, author. 1986. "A source of cognitive confusion for beginning readers: Learning in a second language."
• DREW, Dorothy E., author. Available: 2007; Created: 1963. The phonemes of Kamano.  
• DREW, Dorothy E.; PAYNE, Audrey, authors. 1973. A small Kamano dictionary.
• DREW, Dorothy E.; PAYNE, Audrey, authors. 2007. Kamano vowel reduction.  
• DREW, Dorothy E.; PAYNE, Audrey, authors. Available: 2009; Created: 1970. Kamano grammar sketch.  
• DREW, Dorothy E.; PAYNE, Audrey, compilers. 1986. Kamano-Kafeʼ Kemofo agafaʼe (Kamano-Kafeʼ--Tok Pisin--English).
• DREW, Dorothy E.; PAYNE, Audrey, compilers; BANALA, Nelson; MATTOCKS, Joyce; MATTOCKS, Rich, editors. 2005. Kamano-Kafeˀ Kemofo Agafaˀe dictionary for Kamano-Kafeˀ English Tok Pisin.  
• DREW, Julia, author. 2008. "Kwomtari phonology essentials."
• DUBERT, Marjorie, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1976. Biangai epistolary discourse.  
• DUBERT, Marjorie, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1976. Biangai expository discourse.  
• DUBERT, Marjorie, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1976. Biangai hortatory discourse.  
• DUBERT, Marjorie, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1976. Biangai narrative discourse.  
• DUBERT, Marjorie, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1976. Bianngai procedural discourse.  
• DUBERT, Marjorie, author. Available: 2009; Created: 1977-02. Biangai paragraph types.  
• DUBERT, Marjorie, author. Available: 2009; Created: 1977-02. Biangai text.  
• DUBERT, Marjorie; DUBERT, Raymond, authors. 1973. Biangai phonemes.  
• DUBERT, Marjorie; DUBERT, Raymond, authors. Available: 2008; Created: 1978. Biangai lower levels of grammar.  
• DUBERT, Marjorie; DUBERT, Raymond, authors. Available: 2009; Created: 1978. Biangai sentences.  
• DUBERT, Raymond, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1969. Biangai morphology.  
• DUTTON, Tom, author. 2010. "The dialects of Koiari revisited."  
• DUTTON, Tom; ROSS, Malcolm, authors. 1992. "A note on Hees’ ‘Tolai-Nakanai’ trade language."
• DYE, Sally Folger, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1967-2008. Bahinemo phonology.  
• DYE, Sally; DYE, Wayne, authors. Available: 1970; Created: 1964-1970. Verb, sentence and paragraph in Bahinemo.
• DYE, Wayne, compiler. 1992. Bahinemo Organised Phonology Data.  
• EASTON, Catherine; MAY, Jean, authors. 1994. Maia Organised Phonology Data.  
• EASTON, Catherine; WROGE, Diane, authors. 2012. Manual for Alphabet Design through Community Interaction for Papua New Guinea Elementary Teacher Trainers.  
• ECKERMAN, Diane; ECKERMAN, William, authors. 2000. Bukawa Organised Phonology Data.  
• EDMISTON, Mel; EDMISTON, Pat, authors. 2003. Alamblak Organised Phonology Data.  
• EDMISTON, Patrick, author. 1982. "Kosena paragraph structure."
• EDMISTON, Patrick, author. Available: 2009; Created: 1997. Alamblak discourse features.  
• EDONI, Gail, author. 1989. "‘Head and shoulders, knees and toes....’: The semantics of Dobuan body parts."  
• ELLIOTT, George, author. 1995. "Dami."
• ELLIOTT, George; ELLIOTT, Wendy, authors. 1977. "Berin phonology: a preliminary paper."
• ENGKVIST, Helena, author. 2009. Causatives and other verbal prefixes in Molima.  
• ERDMAN, Laurens B., author. 1991. A grammatical sketch of a Siar text from the perspective of two strata.
• ERDMAN, Laurens B.; GORING, Timothy, authors. 1992. "Is it real? Or is it even realis?."
• EVANS, Peter, author. Available: 2010; Created: 1992. Barai organised phonology data: Barai (Isama) language [BCA] Afore - Oro Province.  
• EZARD, Bryan, author. 1978. "Classificatory prefixes of the Massim cluster."
• EZARD, Bryan, author. 1978. "Insights on cohesion from Tawala."
• EZARD, Bryan, author. 1980. "Reduplication in Tawala."  
• EZARD, Bryan, author. 1982. Tawala derivational prefixes: a semantic perspective.
• EZARD, Bryan, author. 1984. The functional domains of passives.
• EZARD, Bryan, author. 1992. "Tawala derivational prefixes: a semantic perspective."
• EZARD, Bryan, author. 1992. Tawala Organised Phonology Data.  
• EZARD, Bryan, author. 1997. A grammar of Tawala: an Austronesian language of the Milne Bay area, Papua New Guinea.
• EZARD, Bryan, author. Available: 2009; Created: 1980. Tawala parts of speech.  
• EZARD, Bryan, author. Available: 2009; Created: 1980. Towards Tawala reflexes of Proto Oceanic.  
• EZARD, Bryan, author. Available: 2009; Created: 1980-11. Tawala verb classes: a pilot study.  
• EZARD, Bryan, author. Available: 2012; Created: 1980-10. Far, far away: An analysis of Tawala adjectives based on the article “Where have all the adjectives gone?”.  
• EZARD, Bryan; EZARD, Janet, authors. Available: 2009; Created: 1974-09. Tentative Tawala phonemics.  
• EZARD, Bryan; ROBERT, Yailo, authors. 1995. "Tawala."
• EZARD, Janet, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1970. Iamalele phonemics.  
• EZARD, Janet, author. Available: 2009; Created: 1971. Stems and words in Iamalele.  
• FABIAN, Edmund; FABIAN, Grace, authors. Available: 2011; Created: 1971. Nabak Phonemic Statement.
• FABIAN, Edmund; FABIAN, Grace, compilers. 1998. Nabak Organised Phonology Data.  
• FABIAN, Edmund; FABIAN, Grace; PECK, Charles W., authors. 1971. "The morphophonemics of Nabak."  
• FARR, Cynthia J., author. 1976. "I don’t know whether I’m coming or going: a study of some usages of ‘come’ and ‘go’ in Korafe."  
• FARR, Cynthia J., author. 1993. "The switch reference clause chaining phenomenon from a Korafe perspective."
• FARR, Cynthia J., author. 1996. The interface between syntax and discourse in Korafe: a Papuan language of Papua New Guinea.
• FARR, Cynthia J., author. 1999. The interface between syntax and discourse in Korafe, a Papuan language of Papua New Guinea.
• FARR, Cynthia J., author. Available: 2009; Created: 1981/12/1. Conjunction in Korafe.  
• FARR, Cynthia J.; FARR, James B., authors. 1974. A preliminary Korafe phonology.  
• FARR, Cynthia J.; FARR, James B., authors. 1975. "Some features of Korafe morphology."
• FARR, Cynthia J.; FARR, James B., compilers. 2008. Korafe-Yegha da dikiseneri (The Korafe-Yegha dictionary).  
• FARR, Cynthia J.; FARR, James B., facilitators. 2005. "Baruga (Tafota) language [Oro province]."  
• FARR, Cynthia J.; PRYOR, Bonita, authors. 1989. "Botin deictics: Go and come."
• FARR, Cynthia J.; WHITEHEAD, Carl R., authors. 1981. "This, that, and the other: a study of Korafe demonstratives."
• FARR, James B., author. 1980. "She kissed me and I fell asleep: the inter-clausal expression of efficient cause."  
• FARR, James B., author. Available: 2008; Created: 1981. Getting rid of paragraph in Korafe: a practical use for the concept of focus spaces.  
• FARR, James B.; LARSEN, Robert E., authors. 2009. A selective word list in ten different Binandere languages.  
• FAST, Lesley, author. 1990. "Tungak grammar essentials."  
• FAST, Lesley, author. 1992. Tungag Organised Phonology Data.  
• FAST, Lesley, author. Available: 2012; Created: 1997. Logical relations in Tungag discourse.  
• FAST, Lesley, author. Available: 2012; Created: 1997-04. Fronting of non-subject clause elements in Tungag discourse.  
• FAST, Lesley, author. Available: 2012; Created: 1997-04. Participant reference in Tungag narrative.  
• FELDPAUSCH, Becky, author. 2001. Almalu kali, eyo kali, i walowei luk kali (Namia, Tok Pisin, and English dictionary).
• FELDPAUSCH, Becky, compiler. 2006. Almalu kali, eyo kali, i walowei luk kali (Namia, Tok Pisin, and English dictionary).  
• FELDPAUSCH, Becky; FELDPAUSCH, Thomas, authors. 1992. "Namia grammar essentials."  
• FELDPAUSCH, Becky; FELDPAUSCH, Thomas, authors. Available: 2009; Created: 1993-2009. Phonology essentials of the Namia language.  
• FELDPAUSCH, Becky; FELDPAUSCH, Thomas, authors. Available: 2009; Created: 2000. Namia orthography paper.  
• FELDPAUSCH, Becky; FELDPAUSCH, Thomas, authors. Available: 2009; Created: 2003. TAM marking in Namia.  
• FIRCHOW, Irwin B., author. 1970. Form and function of Rotokas words, Bougainville, New Guinea.
• FIRCHOW, Irwin B., author. 1971. "Rotokas referentials."  
• FIRCHOW, Irwin B., author. 1977. Some functions of Rotokas referentials.  
• FIRCHOW, Irwin B., author. 1987. "Form and function of Rotokas words."
• FIRCHOW, Irwin B., author. Available: 2008; Created: 1974. Rotokas grammar.  
• FIRCHOW, Irwin B.; FIRCHOW, Jacqueline, authors. 1969. "An abbreviated phoneme inventory."
• FIRCHOW, Irwin B.; FIRCHOW, Jacqueline, compilers. 2008. Rotokas - English dictionary.  
• FLEISCHMANN, Lillian, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1981. Bine papers on grammar.  
• FLEISCHMANN, Lillian; TURPEINEN, Sinikka, authors. 1977. Bine phonemes.  
• FORD, Kevin, author. n.d.. Kafe Organised Phonology Data.  
• FOREMAN, Velma M., author. 1974. Grammar of Yessan-Mayo.  
• FOREMAN, Velma M., author. Available: 2007; Created: 1995-03. Comparative grammar Yessan-Mayo - Yawu.  
• FOREMAN, Velma M.; MARTEN, Helen, authors. 1973. Yessan-Mayo phonemes.  
• FOREMAN, Velma M.; MARTEN, Helen, authors. 2004. Organised phonology data: Yessan-Mayo language [yss] Ambunti district-East Sepik province.  
• FOREMAN, Velma M.; MARTEN, Helen, authors. Available: 2008; Created: 1978-05. Yessan - Mayo phonemes.  
• FOSTER, Margaret; FOSTER, Michael, authors. 2009. Topicalisation in Timbe texts.  
• FOSTER, Margaret; FOSTER, Michael, authors. Available: 2009; Created: 1972. Timbe phonemics.  
• FOSTER, Michael, author. 2009. Indicating prominence in Timbe texts.  
• FOSTER, Michael, author. Available: 2009; Created: 1981. Timbe grammar sketch - cohesion in Timbe texts.  
• FOSTER, Michael, author. Available: 2009; Created: 1986. Ergativity and control in Timbe.  
• FOSTER, Mick, author. 1992. Timbe Organised Phonology Data.  
• FRAMPTON, Joanna, author. Available: 2012; Created: 2010-04. Participant reference in the Maisin language.  
• FRAMPTON, Joanna, compiler. 2007-. Maisin Lexicon.  
• FRANKLIN, Joice A., author. 1965. "Kewa II: Higher level phonology."
• FRANKLIN, Joice A.; FRANKLIN, Karl J., authors. 1962. "Kewa I: Phonological asymmetry."
• FRANKLIN, Joice A.; FRANKLIN, Karl J.; KIRAPEASI, Yapua, compilers. 1978. A Kewa dictionary, with supplementary grammatical and anthropological materials.
• FRANKLIN, Joice A.; FRANKLIN, Karl J.; KIRAPEASI, Yapua, compilers. 2006-. A Kewa dictionary, with supplementary grammatical and anthropological materials.  
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1964. "Kewa verb morphology."  
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1965. "Kewa clause markers."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1965. Review of: Problems in lexicography, Fred W. Householder and Sol Saporta, editors.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1967. "Kewa sentence structure."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1967. "Names and aliases in Kewa."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1969. A grammar and dialect study of Kewa, New Guinea.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1969. Review of: The writer’s manual: the grammar and mechanics of the English language, by Archibald C. Jordan.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1970. "Grammatical and cultural function in tagmemics."  
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1971. "Tagmemics and tagmemic rules."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1971. A grammar of Kewa, New Guinea.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1974. "A diachronic note on Mendi vowels."  
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1974. Review of: Grammatical form and grammatical meaning: a tagmemic view of Fillmore’s deep structure case concepts, by J. T. Platt.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1975. "Comments on Proto-Engan."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1975. "Nasalisation in Kewa dialects."  
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1978. Lexical range, idiom transfer, and related problems in Pidgin English to Kewa translation.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1979. "Free and bound pronouns in Papuan languages."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1980. "The particles ‘i’ and ‘na’ in Tok Pisin."  
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1981. "‘Bilong’ as a copula in Chinese Pidgin English."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1981. "Creating technical expressions in the vernacular."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1981. "Existential and pro-verbs in Kewa."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1981. "Introduction and rationale."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1983. "Some features of interclausal reference in Kewa."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1985. "Componential analysis and the game of baseball."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1987. Review of: Lexicography and conceptual analysis, by Anna Wierzbicka.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1987. Review of: Social context and proclamation: a socio-cognitive study in proclaiming the gospel cross-culturally, by David Filbeck.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1988. Review of: a spectrum of lexicography: Papers from AILA, Brussels, 1984, Robert Ilson, editor.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1989. Review of: English speech act verbs: a semantic dictionary, by Anna Wierzbicka, compiler.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1990. Review of: a world of language: Papers presented to Professor S.A. Wurm on his 65th birthday, Donald C. Laycock and Werner Winter, editors.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1990. Review of: The semantics of grammar, by Anna Wierzbicka.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1992. Traim tasol: Vocabulary testing in Tok Pisin.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1993. Review of: Language, education and development: urban and rural Tok Pisin in Papua New Guinea, by Suzanne Romaine.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1994. "Synchronic and diachronic observations on Kewa and proto-Engan deictics."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1997. "Engan pronouns and their old endings."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1997. Review of: Koiari, by Tom E. Dutton.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1998. Lexicography considerations for Tok Pisin.  
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1998. Review of: Towards a reference grammar of Tok Pisin: An experiment in corpus linguistics, by John W. M. Verhaar.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 2001. "Kutubuan (Foe and Fasu) and proto Engan."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 2003. "Tagmemic insights on Kewa numbers and names."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 2007. "Oral storytelling and fieldwork."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 2010. "Ukarumpa and Jerusalem : A tale of two cities?."  
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 2012. "Counting systems in Engan and Proto-Engan."  
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. Available: 2008; Created: 1992. Using body part terms to begin a dictionary.  
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., editor. 1981. Syntax and semantics in Papua New Guinea languages.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., editor. 1989. Studies in componential analysis.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J.; HARDIN, Karol J., authors. 2012. "Complaints in Kewa letters."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J.; KIRAPEASI, Yapua, compilers. 2009. A Tok Pisin and West Kewa common usage diglot dictionary = Tok Pisin na Tok Kewa diksenari (pisini agaapara adaa agaa laapo i buku).  
• FRANKLIN, Karl J.; SCORZA, David P., authors. 1989. An advanced course in Tok Pisin.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J.; THOMAS, Steven Kambi, authors. 2006. Some Tok Pisin idioms.  
• FRANKLIN, Karl J.; Z’GRAGGEN, J. A., compilers. 1975. Comparative wordlists of the Gulf District and adjacent areas.  
• FRANKLIN, Karl, author. 1992. Kewa Organised Phonology Data.  
• FRANKLIN, Karl, author. Available: 2012; Created: 2000-08. The Word in Kewa.  
• FRANTZ, Chester I., author. 1962. "Grammatical categories as indicated by Gadsup noun affixes."
• FRANTZ, Chester I., author. 1976. Gadsup sentence structure.  
• FRANTZ, Chester I., author. 2007. Gadsup nominal phrases and included clause constructions.  
• FRANTZ, Chester I., author. Available: 2006; Created: 1974-03-20. Gadsup nominal phrases.  
• FRANTZ, Chester I.; FRANTZ, Marjorie, authors. 1966. "Gadsup phoneme and toneme units."
• FRANTZ, Chester I.; FRANTZ, Marjorie, compilers. Available: 2006; Created: 1962-06-19. Gadsup dictionary.  
• FRANTZ, Chester I.; MCKAUGHAN, Howard P., authors. 1964. "Gadsup independent verb affixes."  
• FRANTZ, Marjorie; IRWIN, Barry S., authors. 1968. "A tone dialogue."
• FREUDENBURG, Allen; FREUDENBURG, Marlene, authors. 1974. Boiken phonemes.  
• FREUDENBURG, Allen; FREUDENBURG, Marlene, authors. 1994. Boiken Organised Phonology Data.  
• FRITZELL, Lisbeth, author. Available: 2012; Created: 1998-06. Effective particles in Ramoaaina: Aspect at predicate level.  
• FRITZELL, Lisbeth; LINDRUD, Stellan, authors. Available: 2012; Created: 1999-05. Primary and secondary aspect in Ramoaaina.  
• FUMEY, R., author. 2006. Organised Phonology Data Kuni Dialect of the Kuni/Boazi Language [kvg] Western Province.  
• GALLAGHER, Steve, author. 2001. Bariai Organised Phonology Data.  
• GALLAGHER, Steve, compiler. 2008. Bariai dictionary West New Britain province, Papua New Guinea.  
• GARLAND, Roger; GARLAND, Susan, authors. 1975. "A grammar sketch of Mountain Koiali."
• GARLAND, Roger; GARLAND, Susan, authors. Available: 2008; Created: 1971-06. Mt. Koiali phonemics.  
• GARLAND, Roger; GARLAND, Susan, compilers. Available: 2009-; Created: 1983. Mountain Koiali - English dictionary, English - Mountain Koiali dictionary.  
• GARLAND, Susan, author. 1980. Mountain Koiali grammar: Sentences, paragraphs, and discourses.  
• GASAWAY, Eileen, author. 1982. Girawa and natural phonology.  
• GASAWAY, Eileen, author. 1997. "Burum morphophonemics."
• GASAWAY, Eileen; LILLIE, Pat; SIMS, Heather, authors. Available: 1992; Created: 1977-11. Girawa grammar.  
• GEARY, Elaine, author. 1977. Kunimaipa grammar: Morphophonemics to discourse.
• GEARY, Elaine, author. 1992. Kunimaipa Organised Phonology Data.  
• GIBSON, Gwen; HARRIS, Joy J.; MCCARTHY, Joy, authors. Available: 2008; Created: 1970. Kanite sentence, paragraph, and discourse types.  
• GIBSON, Gwen; MCCARTHY, Joy, authors. 1992. Kanite Organised Phonology Data.  
• GIBSON, Gwen; MCCARTHY, Joy, authors. Available: 2008; Created: 1967-2002. Kanite grammar sketch.  
• GIBSON, Gwen; MCCARTHY, Joy, compilers. 2003. Kanite and Inoke to English dictionary and English to Kanite and Inoke dictionary.
• GIBSON, Patty, author. 2008. Participant Identification in Bwaidoka Discourse.  
• GLENNON, Ariana; GLENNON, John, authors. 2003. Nehan Organised Phonology Data.  
• GLENNON, Ariana; GLENNON, John, authors. 2009. Organised phonology data Nehan (Nissan) language [NSN]; Kalil - Bougainville region.  
• GLENNON, John, compiler; GLENNON, Ariana, other. 2005. Nehan dictionary.  
• GODDARD, Jean, author. 1967. "Agarabi narratives and commentary."
• GODDARD, Jean, author. 1974. Notes on Agarabi grammar.  
• GODDARD, Jean, author. 1976. Higher levels of Agarabi grammar.  
• GODDARD, Jean, author. 1977. Notes on Agarabi grammar.
• GOSSNER, Jan D., author. 1994. Aspects of Edolo grammar.  
• GOSSNER, Jan D., author. 2004. Edolo Organised Phonology Data.  
• GOSSNER, Jan D., author. Available: 2009; Created: 1995. Edolo grammar: thesis addenda.  
• GOSSNER, Jan D., author. Available: 2009; Created: 1998. Edolo phonology essentials.  
• GRAHAM, Mack, compiler. 1998. Kandawo Organised Phonology Data.  
• GRIFFIN, Margie, author. 1970. "Buin directionals."
• GRIFFIN, Margie, author. 1970. Buin discourse and paragraphs.
• GRIFFIN, Margie, author. 1996. Buin Organised Phonology Data.  
• GRIMES, Joseph E., author. 1972. "Outlines and overlays."
• GROSH, Andy; GROSH, Sylvia Carlson, authors. 2005. "Organised phonology data supplement: Kaluli language."  
• GROSH, Andy; GROSH, Sylvia Carlson, authors. Available: 2009; Created: 2004. Grammar essentials for the Kaluli language.  
• GUDERIAN, Brad; GUDERIAN, Toni, authors. 1999. Koluwawa Organised Phonology Data.  
• GUDERIAN, Brad; GUDERIAN, Toni, authors. 2005. "Organised phonology data supplement: Koluwawa language."  
• GUDERIAN, Brad; GUDERIAN, Toni, authors. Available: 2012; Created: 2002-03. Koluwawa Grammar Essentials.  
• GUJORO, speaker; PENCE, Alan, transcriber. 1962. The Story of Rurumur-Tipov.  
• HAFFORD, James Alton, author. 1999. Elements of Wuvulu grammar.
• HAFFORD, James Alton, author. 2005. "Organised phonology data supplement: Wuvulu language."  
• HAIMAN, John, author. 1994. "The divided self in a Papuan language."
• HAINSWORTH, C. Joan, author. 1972. "Narak noun possession and morphophonemic rules."
• HAINSWORTH, Joan, author. 1992. Narak Organised Phonology Data.  
• HAMEL, J. Patricia, compiler. n.d.. Loniu Organised Phonology Data.  
• HAMLIN, Newton, compiler. 1992. Biaka Organised Phonology Data.  
• HARDIN, Barbara, author. Available: 2012; Created: 2002. Maia Grammar Essentials.  
• HARDIN, Barbara; LOEWEKE, Eunice; MAY, Jean; PRICE, Mavis; RICHARDSON, Edwin; RICHARDSON, Susan; WEISENBURGER, Linda, compilers. 2008. Maia - English - Tok Pisin dictionary.  
• HARDWICK, Roma, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1967. Manga Buang phonological hierarchy part I.  
• HARDWICK, Roma, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1970-05. Manga Buang sentences.  
• HARDWICK, Roma; HEALEY, Joan, authors. Available: 2008; Created: 1965-09. A tentative phonemic statement of Manga - Buang in Morobe district.  
• HARDWICK, Roma; HEALEY, Joan, authors. Available: 2008; Created: 1967-01. Manga Buang phonological hierarchy part II.  
• HARRIS, Kyle, author. 1990. "Nend grammar essentials."
• HASHIMOTO, Chiyoko; HASHIMOTO, Kazuo; KUME, Nozomi, authors. Available: 2003; Created: 1992. Ata Organised Phonology Data.  
• HASHIMOTO, Kazuo, compiler. 1996. Ata-English dictionary.
• HASHIMOTO, Kazuo, compiler. Available: 2009; Created: 1996. Ata - English dictionary with English - Ata finderlist.  
• HAYS, Darrell; HAYS, Kerttu, authors. 2004. Odoodee Organised Phonology Data.  
• HAYS, Darrell; HAYS, Kerttu, authors. Available: 2012; Created: 2003-06. Dialect Survey Report of the Odoodee Language.  
• HAYS, Darrell; HAYS, Kerttu, authors. Available: 2012; Created: 2007-06. OPD Supplement Odoodee Language.  
• HAYWOOD, Graham, author. 1994. Maleu Organised Phonology Data.  
• HEAD, June, author. 1990. "Two verbal constructions in Kaugel."
• HEAD, June, author. 1993. "Observations on verb suffixes in Umbu-Ungu."
• HEAD, June, author. Available: 2011; Created: 1976. A grammar of Umbu-Ungu.  
• HEALEY, Alan, author. 1964. Telefol phonology.
• HEALEY, Alan, author. 1968. "English idioms."  
• HEALEY, Alan, author. 1970. "List of words suitable for monolingual eliciting."
• HEALEY, Alan, author. 1970. "Proto-Awyu-Dumut phonology."
• HEALEY, Alan, author. 1974. A problem of Telefol verb classification.  
• HEALEY, Alan, author. 1981. "The phonological complexity of Kapau."
• HEALEY, Alan, author. 1992. Telefol Organised Phonology Data.  
• HEALEY, Alan, author. Available: 2009; Created: 1981. Telefol medical vocabulary.  
• HEALEY, Alan, editor. 1973. Phonologies of three languages of Papua New Guinea.
• HEALEY, Alan, editor. 1973. Three studies in sentence structure.
• HEALEY, Alan, editor. 1974. Three studies in languages of eastern Papua.
• HEALEY, Alan; HEALEY, Phyllis M., authors. Available: 2009; Created: 1961. The phonemes of Telefol (a tentative paper).  
• HEALEY, Alan; HEALEY, Phyllis M., compilers. 1977. Telefol dictionary.
• HEALEY, Alan; LLOYD, J. A., authors. 1970. "Barua phonemes: a problem in interpretation."
• HEALEY, Alan; OATRIDGE, Desmond; OATRIDGE, Jennifer, authors. 1973. "Binumarien noun affixes."
• HEALEY, Alan; PARLIER, James, authors. Available: 2008; Created: 1978. Managalasi nominals.  
• HEALEY, Alan; PARLIER, James; PARLIER, Judith, authors. Available: 2008; Created: 1973-11. Managalasi verbs.  
• HEALEY, Joan, author. 1984. Introductory grammar.
• HEALEY, Joan, author. 2007. Mangga Buang Organised Phonology Data.  
• HEALEY, Joan, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1967. An introduction to Manga Buang clauses.  
• HEALEY, Joan, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1984. Some aspects of topic continuity in Mangga Buang discourse.  
• HEALEY, Phyllis M., author. 1964. "Teleéfoól quotative clauses."
• HEALEY, Phyllis M., author. 1965. "Telefol clause structure."
• HEALEY, Phyllis M., author. 1965. "Telefol verb phrases."
• HEALEY, Phyllis M., author. 1965. Levels, constituent strings, and agreement in Telefol syntax.
• HEALEY, Phyllis M., author. 1965. Telefol noun phrases.
• HEALEY, Phyllis M., author. 1966. Levels and chaining in Telefol sentences.
• HEALEY, Phyllis M., author. 1968. Review of: Grammar of the Sentani language, with specimen texts and vocabulary, by H. K. J. Cowan.
• HEALEY, Phyllis M., author. Available: 2011; Created: 1970-10. Structural Diversity in Telefol Sentence, Paragraph and Discourse.
• HEALEY, Phyllis M., editor. 1981. Angan languages are different: Four phonologies.
• HEALEY, Phyllis M.; STEINKRAUS, Walter, authors. 1972. A preliminary vocabulary of Tifal, with grammar notes.
• HEINEMAN, Paul, author. Available: 2009; Created: 1998. A grammar of Lembena.  
• HEINEMAN, Paul; KNAUBER, Martin, consultants. Available: 2012; Created: 2001. Gweda Organised Phonology Data (OPD).  
• HEMMILÄ, Ritva, author. 1989. "The demonstrative pronouns ‘pa’ and ‘ti’ in Urim discourse."
• HEMMILÄ, Ritva, author. 1998. Orthography and phonology database: Islands and Momase regions.
• HEMMILÄ, Ritva, compiler. 1999. Orthography and phonology database: highlands and Papuan regions.
• HEMMILÄ, Ritva; LUOMA, Pirkko, authors. Available: 2009; Created: 1987. Urim grammar.  
• HENDERSON, Anne; HENDERSON, James E., compilers. 1987. Rossel language, Milne Bay Province: Rossel to English, English to Rossel.
• HENDERSON, James E., author. 1977. A simple separator of the nasal component of speech.  
• HENDERSON, James E., author. 1981. Instrumental help in phonology.
• HENDERSON, James E., author. 1995. Phonology and grammar of Yele, Papua New Guinea.
• HENDERSON, Jim, author. 1992. Yele Organised Phonology Data.  
• HENRY, Joan, author. Available: 2012; Created: 1992-10. Kombio Grammar Essentials.  
• HENRY, Joan, compiler. 1992. Kombio Organised Phonology Data.  
• HEPBURN, Jennifer, author. 1985. Saniyo Hiyewe phonemic statement, revised.  
• HEPNER, Carol; HEPNER, Mark, authors. Available: 2006; Created: 1989. Bargam phonology essentials.  
• HEPNER, Mark, author. 1988. "Some observations on the structure and poetics of Exodus 1 and 2."
• HEPNER, Mark, author. 1992. Bargam Organised Phonology Data.  
• HEPNER, Mark, author. 1995. "Tense, aspect and modality in Bargam."
• HEPNER, Mark, author. 2006. Bargam grammar sketch.  
• HEPNER, Mark, author. Available: 2006; Created: 1992-01. Referential coherence in Bargam.  
• HEPNER, Mark, author. Available: 2006; Created: 1996-07. Functions of the Bargam conjunction "teq".  
• HEPNER, Mark, author. Available: 2007; Created: 2002-06. Bargam dictionary.  
• HIAMBOING, M., author. n.d.. Tuo Organised Phonology Data.  
• HODGKINSON, Barbara, compiler. 1998. Ngaing Organised Phonology Data.  
• HOEL, Hanna Marie, author. 2003. Mende Organised Phonology Data.  
• HOEL, Hanna Marie; IKAHEIMONEN, Tarja; NOZAWA, Michiyo, authors. Available: 2007; Created: 1994-03. Mende grammar essentials.  
• HOEL, Hanna Marie; IKAHEIMONEN, Tarja; NOZAWA, Michiyo, authors. Available: 2007; Created: 1997-07. Mende language phonology essentials.  
• HONSBERGER, Carol; HONSBERGER, Murray; TUPPER, Ian, editors. 2008. Kwomtari phonology and grammar essentials.  
• HOOLEY, Bruce A., author. 1962. "Transformations in Neomelanesian."
• HOOLEY, Bruce A., author. 1964. "A problem in Buang morphology."
• HOOLEY, Bruce A., author. 1965. Review of: Police Motu: an introduction to the trade language of Papua, by Stephen A. Wurm and J. H. Harris.
• HOOLEY, Bruce A., author. 1970. Mapos Buang, Territory of New Guinea.
• HOOLEY, Bruce A., author. 1972. "The Buang naming system."
• HOOLEY, Bruce A., author. 1972. "The languages of the Morobe district."
• HOOLEY, Bruce A., author. 1975. "Are there prenasalized stops in Oceania?."  
• HOOLEY, Bruce A., author. 1978. "Number and time in Central Buang."  
• HOOLEY, Bruce A., author. 1986. "Is the transitive/intransitive dichotomy real?."
• HOOLEY, Bruce A., author. 1995. "Central Buang: introduction and wordlist."
• HOOLEY, Bruce A., author. 2007. A Central Buang text.  
• HOOLEY, Bruce A., compiler. 2006-. Mapos Buang dictionary.  
• HOOLEY, Bruce A.; HOOLEY, Joyce D., authors; HEALEY, Alan, consultant. 1970. Structure above the clause: Mapos Buang.
• HOOLEY, Bruce, author. 1992. Central Buang Organised Phonology Data.  
• HOOLEY, Bruce; RAMBOK, Mose Lung, compilers; HOOLEY, Joyce, illustrator. 2010. Ḳapiya Tateḳin Buang Vuheng-atov Ayej = Central Buang–English Dictionary .  
• HOOPUSU, Ttopoqogo; RICHERT, Ernest L., compilers; BJORKMAN, Doris; TTOPOQOGO, Mumure, editors. 2002. Noo supu: a triglot dictionary.  
• HOSTETLER, Carolyn; HOSTETLER, Roman, authors. 1975. A tentative description of Tinputz phonology.  
• HOTZ, Joyce M.; STRINGER, Mary D., authors. 1971. "The occurrence and co-occurrence of Waffa noun suffixes."
• HOTZ, Joyce M.; STRINGER, Mary D., authors. 1971. "Waffa phonemes."
• HOTZ, Joyce M.; STRINGER, Mary D., authors. Available: 2005; Created: 1969. Waffa syntax-verbs and verb phrases.  
• HOTZ, Joyce M.; STRINGER, Mary D., authors. Available: 2005; Created: 1970. Waffa sentence, paragraph and discourse.  
• HOTZ, Joyce M.; STRINGER, Mary D., authors. Available: 2005; Created: 1971-11. Waffa syntax-clauses.  
• HOTZ, Joyce M.; STRINGER, Mary D., compilers. 1979. Waffa, Tok Pisin, English.
• HOTZ, Joyce M.; STRINGER, Mary D., compilers. 2008. Several interlinearized texts in Waffa.  
• HOTZ, Joyce M.; STRINGER, Mary D., compilers. Available: 2006; Created: 1979. Waffa, Tok Pisin, English.  
• HOWARD, David Edward, author. 2002. Continuity and given-new status of discourse referents in Adzera oral narrative.  
• HOWARD, David Edward, author. Available: 2010; Created: 2003. Adzera Organised Phonology Data: Morobe Province, Papua New Guinea.  
• HUCKETT, Joyce, author. 1974. Notes on Iduna grammar.  
• HUCKETT, Joyce, author. 1976. Iduna sentence structure.  
• HUCKETT, Joyce, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1978. Iduna paragraph and discourse structure.  
• HUCKETT, Joyce; LUCHT, Ramona, compilers; AWADOUDO, Adiloʼa, editor. Available: 2009; Created: 1992. Iduna - English, English - Iduna dictionary.  
• HUCKETT, Joyce; SAMPSON, Nancy, authors. Available: 2008; Created: 1965-10. Vivigana phonemes.  
• HUDSON, Joyce, author. 1970. Walmatjari paragraph types.
• HUISMAN, Roberta D., author. 1973. "Angaataha narrative discourse."
• HUISMAN, Roberta D., author. Available: 2009; Created: 1980-12. The interplay of phonology and grammar in the Angaataha prominence system.  
• HUISMAN, Roberta D.; HUISMAN, Ronald D.; LLOYD, J. A., authors. 1981. "Angaatɨha syllable patterns."
• HUISMAN, Ronald D., author. 1973. "Angaataha verb morphology."
• HUISMAN, Ronald D., author. Available: 2009; Created: 1978. Angaataha narrative sentence types.  
• HUISMAN, Ronald D., author. Available: 2009; Created: 1981. Angaataha sentences continued: non-narrative sentences, subordinate sentences, quotation sentences, and sentence periphery.  
• HUISMAN, Ronald D., author. Available: 2009; Created: 1981-03. Angaataha discourse types.  
• HUISMAN, Ronald D., author. Available: 2009; Created: 1981-03. Angaataha location words.  
• HUISMAN, Ronald D., author. Available: 2009; Created: 1981-03. Angaataha nouns.  
• HUISMAN, Ronald D., author. Available: 2009; Created: 1981-04. Angaataha verb morphology and adverbs.  
• HUISMAN, Ronald D., author. Available: 2009; Created: 1981-05. Angaataha phrases.  
• HUISMAN, Ronald D.; LLOYD, J. A., authors. 1981. "Angaatɨha tone, stress, and length."
• HUISMAN, Ronald, author. 1992. Angaatiha Organised Phonology Data.  
• HURD, Conrad, author. 1970. Nasioi sentences.
• HURD, Conrad, author. 1977. "Nasioi projectives."
• HURD, Conrad; HURD, Phyllis W., authors. 1970. "Nasioi verbs."
• HUTCHISSON, Don, author. 1975. Sursurunga grammar essentials.  
• HUTCHISSON, Don, author. 1977. Additional Sursurunga grammar notes.  
• HUTCHISSON, Don, author. 1977. Sursurunga counting systems.  
• HUTCHISSON, Don, author. 1984. Sursurunga psycholinguistic testing report.  
• HUTCHISSON, Don, author. 1985. Sursurunga morphophonemics.  
• HUTCHISSON, Don, author. 1986. "Sursurunga pronouns and the special uses of quadral number."
• HUTCHISSON, Don, author. 1987. Verb serialization in Sursurunga.  
• HUTCHISSON, Don, author. 1995. "Sursurunga conjunctive elements."
• HUTCHISSON, Don, compiler. Created: 1974-1986. Sursurunga texts.  
• HUTCHISSON, Don, editor. 1980. Grammatical studies in Fasu and Mt. Koiali.
• HUTCHISSON, Don; HUTCHISSON, Sharon, authors. 1975. A preliminary phonology of Sursurunga.  
• HUTCHISSON, Don; HUTCHISSON, Sharon, authors. 1985. An updated phonology of Sursurunga.  
• HYNUM, David, author. 2001. Numanggang Organised Phonology Data.  
• IKAHEIMONEN, Tarja, author. Available: 2007; Created: 1998-08. The function of the sentence final position in the Mende language.  
• IKAHEIMONEN, Tarja, author. Available: 2007; Created: 1998-09. The pronominal system in the Mende language.  
• IKAHEIMONEN, Tarja; NOZAWA, Michiyo, authors. Available: 2007; Created: 1998-09. Alterations and additions to Mende grammar essentials.  
• IRWIN, Barry S., author. 1970. "Dictionaries for translator and language learner."  
• IRWIN, Barry S., author. 1974. Salt-Yui grammar.
• IRWIN, Barry S., author. 1980. An introduction to information structure in Salt-Yui discourse.  
• JAMES, Dorothy J., author. 1966. A phonological cycle in Siane.
• JAMES, Dorothy J., author. 1970. "Embedding and coordinating transforms in Siane."
• JAMES, Dorothy J., author. 1983. "Verb serialization in Siane."
• JAMES, Dorothy J., author. 1994. "Word tone in a Papuan language: An autosegmental solution."
• JAMES, Dorothy J.; LUCHT, Ramona, authors. 1962. "Phonemes of Siane."
• JAMES, Dorothy J.; POTTS, Denise, authors. 1988. "Split ergativity in Siane: a study in markedness."
• JÄRVINEN, Liisa, author. 1987. The pronoun system of Mauwake with special reference to the personal pronouns.
• JÄRVINEN, Liisa, author. 1991. "The pronoun system of Mauwake."
• JÄRVINEN, Liisa; KWAN, Poh San, compilers. Available: 2007; Created: 1980-199?. Mauwake lexicon.  
• JENKINS, Sue, author. 1998. Aspects of Island Tigak phonology.  
• JOHNSTON, Ray, author. 1992. Nakanai Organised Phonology Data.  
• JOHNSTON, Raymond L., author. 1978. "Serial verbs and the expression of concepts of location and motive in Nakanai."
• JOHNSTON, Raymond L., author. 1978. Nakanai syntax.
• JOHNSTON, Raymond L., author. 1978. Accounting for word order: Nakanai agentless sentences.
• JOHNSTON, Raymond L., author. 1978. Steps towards the grammar and phonology of proto-Kimbe.
• JOHNSTON, Raymond L., author. 1980. Nakani of New Britain: The grammar of an oceanic language.
• JOHNSTON, Raymond L., author. 1981. "Conceptualizing in Nakanai and English: a case study of grammatical categories."
• JOHNSTON, Raymond L., author. 1982. "Proto-Kimbe and the New Guinea hypothesis."
• KAMBU, Anton; KERRY, Andrew; YUANIGI, Nix, compilers; WILSON, Patricia R., editor. Available: 2008; Created: 1992. Ambulas-Wingei dictionary: Wingei, Tok Pisin, English.  
• KELIWIN, Sassah; PWAKA, Solok; STUTZMAN, Robert, compilers; STUTZMAN, Verna, editor. 2012. Lou - English Dictionary.  
• KENNEDY, Judith; KENNEDY, Rodney J., authors. 1977. "Saposa phonemes."
• KERR, Harland B., author. 1966. A preliminary statement of Witu grammar.
• KERR, Harland B., author. 1973. "Subject morphemes in the Tairora verb complex: Obura dialect."
• KERR, Harland B., author. 1987. "A theory of language organisation based on Hjelmslev’s function oriented theory of language."
• KERR, Harland B., author. 2012. The pronominal systems of Wik-Munkan, Burera, Lenakol and Kunimaipa: specific and generic function.  
• KERR, Harland B., author. n.d.. Kunimaipa and Four Northern Australian Aboriginal Languages: A brief Comparative Study.  
• KIAWA, Baita; OIDA, Phanuel; SIKI, Beka; WILSON, Darryl, authors. Available: 2008; Created: 1976. The phonemes of Zia.  
• KIM, Duckshin; KIM, Namsoo, authors. Available: 2012; Created: 1998. Waima grammar essentials.  
• KIM, Namsoo, author; KIM, Duckshin; KIM, Namsoo, facilitators. Available: 2012; Created: 1998-09. Sentence level construction and participant reference in Waima discourse.  
• KING, Copland, author. 1927. Grammar and dictionary of the Binandere language.  
• KING, Phil, author. 2007. An Acoustic Description of Central Vowels in Three Austronesian Languages of New Ireland.  
• KING, Phil; MCCARTHY, Jill; MCCARTHY, Joe, authors. Available: 2012; Created: 2005. Notsi OPD supplement.  
• KLEEF, Jacqueline van; KLEEF, Sjaak van, authors. 1998. Siroi Organised Phonology Data.  
• KLEEF, Jacqueline van; KLEEF, Sjaak van, authors. 2012. "The use of a conceptual metaphor in the Siroi language of Papua New Guinea: Narrative is climbing a mountain."
• KLEEF, Sjaak van, author. 1989. "Tail-head linkage in Siroi."  
• KLEEF, Sjaak van, compiler. 2007. Siroi - English dictionary, English - Siroi dictionary.  
• KNAUBER, Martin, author. 2001. Dawawa Organised Phonology Data.  
• KOOYERS, Orneal, author. 1974. Washkuk grammar sketch.  
• KOOYERS, Orneal, author. 1975. "Hierarchy of Washkuk (Kwoma) clauses."
• KUNDAMA, John; SAPAYÉ, Adéru; WILSON, Patricia R., compilers. 1987. Kudi Kupuk: Ambulas (Maprik dialect)--Tok Pisin--English.
• KUNDAMA, John; SAPAYÉ, Adéru; WILSON, Patricia R., compilers. Available: 2006; Created: 1968–1987. Ambulas dictionary.  
• KWAN, Poh San, author. 1989. "The referential meanings of kema ‘liver’ in Mauwake."  
• LAEKA, Ali, author. 1989. "Cut—hit—break in Kalo."  
• LARSEN, B., author. Available: 2011; Created: 1985. Orokaiva Demonstrative Paper.  
• LARSEN, Marlys; LARSEN, Robert E., authors. 1977. Orokaiva phonology and orthography.  
• LARSEN, Robert E., author. Available: 2009; Created: 1977. Orokaiva grammar.  
• LARSEN, Robert, author. 1992. Orokaiva Organised Phonology Data.  
• LASZLO, Marilyn; REHBURG, Judith, authors. Available: 2009; Created: 1970. Tentative phonemic statement in Sepik Iwam.  
• LAUCK, Linda M., author. 1976. Patep sentences.  
• LAUCK, Linda M., author. 1981. "Patep idioms."
• LAUCK, Linda M., author. 1993. "Unmotivated processes: The case of Patep."  
• LAWRENCE, Helen, author. 1972. "Viewpoint and location in Oksapmin."
• LAWRENCE, Marshall, author. 1970. Oksapmin discourse and paragraph structure.
• LAWRENCE, Marshall, author. 1971. "Oksapmin clause structure."  
• LAWRENCE, Marshall, author. 1972. "Oksapmin sentence structure."
• LAWRENCE, Marshall, author. 1972. "Structure and function of Oksapmin verbs."
• LAWRENCE, Marshall, author. 1977. Quotations in Oksapmin.  
• LAWRENCE, Marshall, author. 1977. Verb morphology and discourse prosodies.  
• LAWRENCE, Marshall, compiler. 1992. Oksapmin Organised Phonology Data.  
• LAWRENCE, Marshall, compiler. 1993. Oksapmin dictionary.  
• LAWRENCE, Marshall, compiler. 2005. Oksapmin dictionary.  
• LAWRENCE, Marshall, compiler. 2006. Oksapmin dictionary.  
• LAWTON, Ralph; SENFT, G., authors. n.d.. Kiriwina Kavataqria Organised Phonology Data.  
• LEADERS, Marlin R., author. 1987. "Realis and irrealis verb markings in Middle Watut of Papua New Guinea."
• LEADERS, Marlin R., author. 1990. "Conjunctions in Middle Watut of Papua New Guinea."
• LEE, Bob, author. 1994. Madak Organised Phonology Data.  
• LEE, Robert, author. 1989. "The Madak verb phrase."
• LEE, Robert, author. Available: 2005; Created: 1976-1988. Madak noun phrases.  
• LEE, Robert, author. Available: 2005; Created: 1976-1988. Madak sentences.  
• LEROY, C.; LEROY, D.; RULE, J., authors. n.d.. Gobosi Organised Phonology Data.  
• LEWIS, Ron, author. Available: 2012; Created: 1997-08-28. Negation in Saniyo-Hiyewe.  
• LEWIS, Ronald K., author. 1972. "Sanio-Hiowe paragraph structure."
• LEWIS, Ronald K.; LEWIS, Sandra C., authors. Available: 2009; Created: 1972. Essentials for translation part 1: grammar of Sanio.  
• LEWIS, Sandra C., author. 1972. "Sanio-Hiowe verb phrases."
• LIAW, Yong Lam, compiler. 2002. Pamosu Organised Phonology Data.  
• LILLIE, Pat, author. 1987. Girawa verbs.  
• LILLIE, Pat, author. 1987. Negativity in Girawa.  
• LILLIE, Pat, author. 1992. Girawa Organised Phonology Data.  
• LILLIE, Pat, author. 2001. Amaimon Organised Phonology Data.  
• LILLIE, Patricia, author. Available: 2005; Created: 1976-1999. Girawa dictionary.  
• LINDSTROM, John, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1992. Organised phonology data (Hote).  
• LITHGOW, Daphne, author. 1977. Dobu phonemics.  
• LITHGOW, Daphne, author. 1986. "Word building."
• LITHGOW, Daphne, author. Available: 2007; Created: 1970. The discourse in Muyuw.  
• LITHGOW, Daphne, author. Available: 2007; Created: 1970. The sentence in Muyuw.  
• LITHGOW, Daphne, compiler. 2007. Bunama - English dictionary, English - Bunama dictionary.  
• LITHGOW, Daphne; LITHGOW, David, authors. 1974. Muyuw language.  
• LITHGOW, Daphne; LITHGOW, David, authors. Available: 2007; Created: 1973. Muyuw noun classes.  
• LITHGOW, Daphne; LITHGOW, David, authors. Available: 2007; Created: 1973. Muyuw verbs.  
• LITHGOW, Daphne; LITHGOW, David, authors. Available: 2007; Created: 1973. Transitive and intransitive verb-stems in Muyuw.  
• LITHGOW, Daphne; LITHGOW, David, compilers. 1998. Dobu—English dictionary.  
• LITHGOW, Daphne; LITHGOW, David, compilers. 2007. Dobu lexicon.  
• LITHGOW, Daphne; LITHGOW, David, compilers. 2007. Muyuw-English dictionary.  
• LITHGOW, David, author. 1970. "Impersonal pronoun in some Melanesian languages of New Guinea."
• LITHGOW, David, author. 1973. "Language change on Woodlark Island."
• LITHGOW, David, author. 1975. A grammatical analysis of a Dobu text.  
• LITHGOW, David, author. 1978. First things first in Dobu.  
• LITHGOW, David, author. 1992. "Translating accompanitives in Papuan Tip Cluster languages."
• LITHGOW, David, author. 1992. "Using grammatical data to determine language relationships in Fergusson and Normanby Island languages of the Papuan Tip Cluster."
• LITHGOW, David, author. 1992. Bunama Organised Phonology Data.  
• LITHGOW, David, author. 1992. Dobu Organised Phonology Data.  
• LITHGOW, David, author. 1995. "Reduplication for past actions in Auhelawa."
• LITHGOW, David, author. Available: 2007; Created: 1969. Muyuw clause types and structure.  
• LITHGOW, David, author. Available: 2007; Created: 1969. Muyuw phrases.  
• LITHGOW, David, author. Available: 2007; Created: 1973. Muyuw noun phrases.  
• LITHGOW, David, compiler. 1992. Muyuw Organised Phonology Data.  
• LITTERAL, Robert L., author. 1964. How anthropological and linguistic analysis illuminates Paul’s use of redemptive terms.
• LITTERAL, Robert L., author. 1972. "Rhetorical predicates and time topology in Anggor."
• LITTERAL, Robert L., author. 1972. "Time in Anggor discourse."  
• LITTERAL, Robert L., author. 1977. Features of semantic predicates.  
• LITTERAL, Robert L., author. 1977. The development of discourse analysis.  
• LITTERAL, Robert L., author. 1978. Changes in the Bibriari communicative system.
• LITTERAL, Robert L., author. 1980. Features of Anggor discourse.  
• LITTERAL, Robert L., author. 1987. "Can local languages express scientific, mathematical and other technological concepts?."
• LITTERAL, Robert L., author. 2008. Features of Angor discourse.  
• LITTERAL, Robert, author. 1997. Angor Organised Phonology Data.  
• LITTERAL, Shirley, author. 1972. "Orientation to space and participants in Anggor."
• LITTERAL, Shirley, author. 1976. Review of: Bontok-English dictionary, by Lawrence A. Reid, compiler.  
• LITTERAL, Shirley, author. 1979. Review of: Kate dictionary, W. Flierl and H. Strauss, editors.  
• LITTERAL, Shirley, author. 1981. "The semantic components of Anggor existential verbs."
• LLOYD, J. A., author. 1981. "A fourth analysis of Baruya consonants."
• LLOYD, J. A., author. 1997. "Contrastive and grammatically defined tone in Baruya."
• LLOYD, J. A., compiler. 1992. A Baruya-Tok Pisin-English dictionary.
• LLOYD, J. A., compiler. Available: 2007; Created: 1992-2007. Baruya Lexicon.  
• LLOYD, Richard G., author. 1969. "Gender in a New Guinea language: Baruya nouns and noun phrases."
• LLOYD, Richard G., author. 1981. "Regular morphophonemic changes in Baruya."
• LLOYD, Richard G., author. 1989. Bound and minor words in Baruya.  
• LOCK, Arjen, author. 1997. Abau Organised Phonology Data.  
• LOCK, Arjen, author. 2007. Phonology essentials Abau language.  
• LOCK, Arnold (Arjen) Hugo, author. 2011. Abau Grammar.  
• LOEWEKE, Eunice; MAY, Jean, authors. 1965. "The phonological hierarchy in Fasu."
• LOEWEKE, Eunice; MAY, Jean, authors. 1966. "Fasu grammar."
• LOEWEKE, Eunice; MAY, Jean, authors. 1980. General grammar of Fasu (Namo Me).
• LOEWEKE, Eunice; MAY, Jean, authors. 1985. A recommended alphabet for Maiani, Miani, Mala and Maia—four languages of the Kaukambaran language family.  
• LOEWEKE, Eunice; MAY, Jean, authors. 2008. General grammar of Fasu (Namo me).  
• LOEWEKE, Eunice; MAY, Jean, compilers. Available: 2006; Created: 1981. Fasu Namo Me dictionary.  
• LOGAN, Thomas, author. 2008-. Kasua grammar sketch.  
• LOGAN, Tommy, author. 2003. Kasua Organised Phonology Data.  
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1970. "Paragraph and sentence structure in New Guinea Highlands languages."  
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1972. Hierarchy and universality of discourse constituents in New Guinea languages: Discussion.
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1972. Hierarchy and universality of discourse constituents in New Guinea languages: Texts.
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1983. "Switch reference systems from two distinct linguistic areas: Wojokeso (Papua New Guinea) and Guanano (northern South America)."
• LOPEZ, Cecilio, translator. n.d.. Studies on Dempwolff's Vergleichende Lautlehre des Austronesischen Wortschatzes.
• LOVELL, Larry Lee, author. Available: 2012; Created: 1995-01. Minaveha orthography.  
• LOVELL, Larry, compiler. 2002. Minaveha Organised Phonology Data.  
• LOVELL, Larry; NENEGEMO, Tau, compilers. 1995. Minaveha field notes.
• LOVING, Aretta, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1965. Possessive prefixes which occur with obligatorily possessed Awa nouns.  
• LOVING, Aretta; LOVING, Richard, authors. 1962. "A preliminary survey of Awa noun suffixes."
• LOVING, Aretta; LOVING, Richard, compilers. 1975. Awa dictionary.
• LOVING, Aretta; MCKAUGHAN, Howard P., authors. 1964. "Awa verbs part II: The internal structure of dependent verbs."  
• LOVING, Aretta; MCKAUGHAN, Howard P., authors. 1973. "Possessive prefixes occurring with inalienable Awa nouns."
• LOVING, Richard, author. 1966. "Awa phonemes, tonemes, and tonally differentiated allomorphs."
• LOVING, Richard, author. 1973. "An outline of Awa grammatical structures."
• LOVING, Richard, editor. 1974. Grammatical studies in three languages of Papua New Guinea.
• LOVING, Richard, editor. 1974. Phonologies of four Papua New Guinea languages.
• LOVING, Richard, editor. 1974. Studies in languages of the Ok family.
• LOVING, Richard, editor. 1975. Comparative wordlists 1.
• LOVING, Richard, editor. 1975. Papers in five Austronesian languages.
• LOVING, Richard, editor. 1975. Phonologies of five Austronesian languages.
• LOVING, Richard, editor. 1976. Grammatical studies in Patep.
• LOVING, Richard, editor. 1976. Grammatical studies in Suena and Iduna.
• LOVING, Richard, editor. 1976. Higher level studies of two Papua New Guinea related highlands languages.
• LOVING, Richard, editor. 1977. Miscellaneous papers in P.N.G. linguistics.
• LOVING, Richard, editor. 1977. Phonologies of five P.N.G. languages.
• LOVING, Richard, editor. 1978. Miscellaneous papers on Dobu and Arapesh.
• LOVING, Richard; MCKAUGHAN, Howard P., authors. 1964. "Awa verbs part I: The internal structure of independent verbs."  
• LOVING, Richard; THOMAS, David D., editors. 1977. Proceedings of the S.I.L. consultants seminar, Ukarumpa 1976.  
• LUCHT, Ramona, author. 1978. Siane tone orthography.
• LUKAS, Joshua, author. 1978. A Muhiang text: Wewak trip.  
• LUOMA, Pirkko, author. 1985. Tentative phonemic statement of Urim.  
• LUOMA, Pirkko, author. 1992. Urim Organised Phonology Data.  
• LUOMA, Pirkko, author. Available: 2009; Created: 1996. Palatalization in Urim.  
• LYNCH, John, author. 2010. "Unmarked transitive verbs in Melanesian Pidgin."  
• MACDONALD, George E., author. 1976. Dadibi grammar: Morpheme to sentence.
• MACDONALD, George E.; MACDONALD, Georgetta, authors. 1974. Dadibi phonology.  
• MACDONALD, George, author. 1992. Dadibi Organised Phonology Data.  
• MACDONALD, Lorna, author. 1994. "The distribution of topics in Tauya discourse."
• MADDEN, Fred, author. 2001. Mengen Organised Phonology Data.  
• MADDEN, Fred, author. 2009. Mengen interlinearized texts.  
• MADDEN, Fred, author. Available: 2009; Created: 2000. Logical relations in Mengen.  
• MADDEN, Fred, author. Available: 2009; Created: 2001. Discourse considerations in Mengen.  
• MADDEN, Fred, author. Available: 2009; Created: 2002. Mengen texts corpus.  
• MADDEN, Fred, compiler. Available: 2006; Created: 2002. Mengen dictionary.  
• MANABE, Takashi, author. 1978. The notions of subject and topic.
• MANABE, Takashi, author. 1978. Topic-comment based linguistics model and its application to Greek and Japanese.
• MANABE, Takashi, author. 1981. "A study of illocutionary force expressed through verbal suffixes and modal particles in Kwanga."
• MANABE, Takashi, compiler. 1992. Kwanga Organised Phonology Data.  
• MANNING, Margaret; SAGGERS, Naomi, authors. 1977. A tentative phonemic analysis of Ningil.  
• MARKS, Doreen, author. 1970. Kosena sentence, paragraph and discourse.
• MARKS, Doreen, author. 1992. Awiyaana Organised Phonology Data.  
• MARKS, Doreen, author. 2007. Kosena body parts/Kosena relationship terms.  
• MARKS, Doreen, author. 2007. Kosena final verb paradigms.  
• MARKS, Doreen, author. Available: 2007; Created: 1974-11. Kosena grammar.  
• MARKS, Doreen, compiler. Available: 2008; Created: 1969-1975. Kosena English dictionary.  
• MARKS, Doreen; MCKAUGHAN, Howard P., authors. 1973. "Notes on Auyana phonology and morphology."
• MARTEN, Helen, author. Available: 2007; Created: 1995-02. Orthography and phonology description of the Yawu dialect of the Yessan-Mayo language.  
• MARTENS, Michael P., author. 1985. Review of: a grammar of Manam, by Frantisek Lichtenberk.
• MARTIN, Bill, author. 1999. Lindrou Organised Phonology Data.  
• MARTIN, William H., author. 1995. "Nyindrou."
• MARTIN, William H.; NYINDROU Alphabet Committee, compilers. 1995. "Nyindrou - English practical phonology."
• MAY, Jean, author. 1992. Fasu Organised Phonology Data.  
• MAY, Jean, compiler. 1994. Miani Organised Phonology Data.  
• MAYHLE, Katylin; WOOD, Joyce, authors; LINCOLN, Piet, editor. 2006. Banoni Mabes Organised Phonology Data.  
• MCCARTHY, Joe, compiler. 2012. Notsi interlinear grammar texts.  
• MCCARTHY, Joy, author. 1965. "Clause chaining in Kanite."
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1967. "Selepet vocoid clusters."
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1970. "Selepet pronominal elements."
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1970. "Selepet verb morphology."
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1970. "Stops and fricatives: Non-unique solution in Selepet."
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1970. Selepet phonology.
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1972. Selepet grammar, part I: From root to phrase.
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1974. "The glottal stop in Kâte."  
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1975. "Appreciating the possibilities of Tok Pisin: Evangelism and the use of Tok Pisin idioms."
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1976. "Introduction."
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1977. "Body image idioms in Irianese and Papua New Guinean languages."
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1978. "On the origin of body image idioms in Tok Pisin."  
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1978. Review of: Lexical reconstruction: The case of the Proto-Athapaskan kinship system, by Isidore Dyen and David F. Aberle.
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1979. "A fresh look at Nabak morphophonemics."  
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1982. "On teaching idioms."
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 1983. Review of: The semantics of metaphor, by Samuel R. Levin.
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A.; MCELHANON, Noreen A., authors. 1970. Selepet-English dictionary.
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A.; VOORHOEVE, C. L.; WURM, Stephen A., authors. 1975. "The Trans-New Guinea phylum in general."
• MCEVOY, Steve, author. 2004. Migabac Organised Phonology Data.  
• MCEVOY, Steve, author. 2005. "Phonology essentials Migabac language."  
• MCEVOY, Steve, author. 2008. Grammar of narrative discourse in Migabac.  
• MCGUCKIN, C. Edward; MCGUCKIN, Catherine, authors. 2008. Gapapaiwa organised phonology data - updated April 2008.  
• MCGUCKIN, C. Edward; MCGUCKIN, Catherine, compilers. 1992. Gapapaiwa field notes.
• MCGUCKIN, Catherine, author. 1992. Gapapaiwa Organised Phonology Data.  
• MCGUCKIN, Catherine, author. 2002. "Gapapaiwa."
• MCGUCKIN, Catherine, author; HENDERSON, Anne, compiler. Available: 2012; Created: 2001. Ghayavi Organised Phonology Data (OPD).  
• MCKAUGHAN, Howard P., author. 1966. "Sequences of clauses in Tairora."
• MCKAUGHAN, Howard P., compiler. 1973. "Auyana texts."
• MCKAUGHAN, Howard P., compiler. 1973. "Gadsup texts."
• MCKAUGHAN, Howard P., editor. 1973. The languages of the Eastern family of the East New Guinea Highlands stock.
• MCLEAN, Don; MCLEAN, Heather, facilitators. 2005. "North Wahgi (Yu We) language [Western Highlands Province]."  
• MECKLENBERG, Frank, author. 1992. Faiwol Organised Phonology Data.  
• MECKLENBURG, Charlotte, author. 1974. Phonology of Faiwol.  
• MEER, Hans van der, author. 2008. Bau organized phonology data.  
• MELLIGER, Liisa; MELLIGER, Markus, authors. 2001. Pinai Hagahai Organised Phonology Data.  
• MELLIGER, Markus, author. 2005. "Phonology essentials Pinai-Hagahai language."  
• MILLIGAN, Lloyd, author. 1992. A tentative description of the grammar of the Mangseng language.
• MINCH, Andrew, author. 1992. "Amanab grammar essentials."  
• MINTER, Paul, author. 2009. Iyo Grammar Sketch.  
• MINTER, Paul, author. Available: 2010; Created: 2008. Organized phonology data, Iyo language, Saidor district - Madang Province.  
• MINTER, Paul, author. Available: 2011; Created: 2004. Grammar Essentials of the Nahu Language.  
• MINTER, Paul, author. Available: 2012; Created: 1998. Phonology essentials of the Nahu language.  
• MÜHLHÄUSLER, Peter, author. 1975. "Reduplication and repetition in New Guinea Pidgin."
• MÜHLHÄUSLER, Peter, author. 1975. "Sociolects in New Guinea Pidgin."
• MÜHLHÄUSLER, Peter, author. 1994. "The identification of the word classes in Tok Pisin."
• MURANE, Elizabeth, author. 1974. Daga grammar: From morpheme to discourse.  
• MURANE, Elizabeth, author. 1978. Grammatical typologies of languages of Papua New Guinea.
• MURANE, Elizabeth; MURANE, John, authors. 1972. "Vocalic syllabicity in Daga."
• MURANE, Elizabeth; MURANE, John, compilers. Available: 2007-; Created: 1963-1977. Daga - English dictionary.  
• NAGAI, Yasuko, author. 1994. Reading theories and methods and their relationship to cognitive and cultural learning styles.
• NAKAMURA, Takashi; NAKAMURA, Yaeko, authors. 2002. Aspect and Mode in Maiwa Discourse.  
• NAKAMURA, Takashi; NAKAMURA, Yaeko, authors. 2008. Maiwa Organised Phonology.  
• NAYAU, Ken, author. n.d.. Yelogu Organised Phonology Data.  
• NEWMAN, John F.; PETTERSON, Robert G., authors. 1990. "The tones of Kairi."
• NICHOLSON, Ray; NICHOLSON, Ruth, authors. 1962. "Fore phonemes and their interpretation."
• NOEL, John C., author. 1975. Comparison of some idioms in Kiriwina and English.
• NOZAWA, Michiyo, author. Available: 2006; Created: 2000. Participant identification in Mende.  
• NOZAWA, Michiyo, compiler; APINGUA, Clement; APINQUA, David; LEVERMBU, Francis; WANEWAIN, Peter, editors. 2006. Mende triglot dictionary.  
• NYSTROM, John, author. 1992. Sissano Organised Phonology Data.  
• NYSTROM, John, author. 1994. "Three transitivity markers in Arop-Sissano."
• OATRIDGE, Desmond; OATRIDGE, Jennifer, authors. 1966. "Phonemes of Binumarien."
• OATRIDGE, Desmond; OATRIDGE, Jennifer, authors. Available: 2006; Created: 1965-10. Sentence final verbs in Binumarien.  
• OETZEL, Rainer; OETZEL, Sabine, compilers. 2004. Saliba Organised Phonology Data.  
• OLKKONEN, Kaija; OLKKONEN, Soini, authors. Available: 2012; Created: 2000-06. Borong (Kosorong) grammar for a related language.  
• OLKKONEN, Kaija; OLKKONEN, Soini, compilers. 2003. Somba siawari keugö könaŋi Iŋklis keunöŋ: diksönöri mutukŋi.
• OLKKONEN, Kaija; OLKKONEN, Soini, compilers. 2004. Iŋklis keugö könaŋi Somba Siawari keunöŋ: Iŋklis SomSi Diksönöri bohonŋi.  
• OLKKONEN, Kaija; OLKKONEN, Soini, compilers. 2007. Somba-Siawari (Burum Mindik)—English dictionary.  
• OLKKONEN, Soini, author. 1985. Burum phonology.  
• OLKKONEN, Soini, author. 1994. Burum_Mindik Organised Phonology Data.  
• OLKKONEN, Soini, author. Available: 2010; Created: 2001. Borong [Kosorong] language [KSR] between Mindik and Pindiu - Morobe Province.  
• OLKKONEN, Soini, author. Available: 2012; Created: 1986. The clitics of the Somba-Siawari language.  
• OLKKONEN, Soini, author. Available: 2012; Created: 1987-07-27. The Orthography of Somba Siawari.
• OLKKONEN, Soini, author. Available: 2012; Created: 2000-03. Borong phonology.  
• OLSON, Cliff, author. 1992. Gumawana Organised Phonology Data.  
• OLSON, Clifford, author. 1992. "Gumawana (Amphlett Islands, Papua New Guinea): Grammar sketch and texts."
• OLSON, Michael L., author. 1973. Barai sentence structure and embedding.
• OLSON, Michael L., author. 1974. Barai syntax: a comparative study of tagmemic and transformational analyses.
• OLSON, Michael L., author. 1975. "Barai grammar highlights."
• OLSON, Michael L., author. 1979. "The sociolinguistic significance of Barai possessive markers."
• OLSON, Michael L., author. 1979. Barai clause junctures: toward a functional theory of interclausal relations.
• OLSON, Michelle; OLSON, Ron, authors. 2002. Agarabi Organised Phonology Data.  
• OLSON, Mike, author. 1972. Barai Higher Level Phonology.  
• OLSON, Mike, author. 1977. Switch-Reference in Barai.  
• OLSON, Mike, author. 1978. Barai Derivational Operations vs. Universal Passivization and Antipassivization.  
• PALMER, Bill, author. 2008. "Passive possession in Oceanic."
• PAPPENHAGEN, Ronald W., author. 1986. Kanasi: a brief grammar sketch.
• PARK, Minha; PARK, Shinhee, authors. 2003. Lihir Organised Phonology Data.  
• PARKER, Diana; PARKER, James, authors. 1974. A tentative phonology of Baining (Kakat dialect).
• PARKER, Stephen G., author. 2009. "An affix-specific phoneme in Arammba."  
• PARKER, Stephen G., author. Available: 2010; Created: 2005. Arammba Organised Phonology Data: Western Province (South-Fly-Morehead District).  
• PARKER, Stephen G., editor. 2005. Phonological descriptions of Papua New Guinea languages.
• PARKER, Stephen G.; RAYMOND, Mary, authors. 2005. "Initial and medial geminate trills in Arop-Lokep."
• PARLIER, James, author. 1964. "Managalasi verb inflection."
• PARLIER, James, author. Available: 2007; Created: 1970-01. Managalasi clause.  
• PARLIER, James, author. Available: 2007; Created: 1970-09. Managalasi sentences.  
• PARLIER, James; PARLIER, Judith, authors. Available: 2007; Created: 1992-07. Organised phonology data: Managalasi language [mcq].  
• PARLIER, James; PARLIER, Judith, authors. Available: 2008; Created: 1963. Managalasi phonology.  
• PARLIER, James; PARLIER, Judith, compilers. 1981. Managalasi dictionary.  
• PARRINGTON, Douglas, author. Available: 2009; Created: 1980. The functions of the Ewage demonstratives: AWA 'that' and AWAWA 'those'.  
• PARRINGTON, Douglas; PARRINGTON, Margaret, authors. 2009. An introduction to Notu-Ewage grammar.  
• PARRINGTON, Douglas; PARRINGTON, Margaret, authors. Available: 2009; Created: 1974-04. Notu-Ewage clauses.  
• PATTON, Jack T., author. 1994. "Vernacular languages in primary education in Papua New Guinea: a brief historical overview."
• PAWLEY, Andrew, author. 1975. "On epenthetic vowels in New Guinea Pidgin."
• PAWLEY, Andrew, author. 2010. "Helter Skelter and ñugl ñagl: English and Kalam rhyming jingles and the psychic unity of mankind."  
• PAYNE, Audrey, author. Available: 2007; Created: 1964. A distribution statement of Kamano phonemes.  
• PEARSON, Gregory, author. 2009. Organised phonology data: Lote (Uvol language).  
• PECK, Charles W., author. 1972. "The status of verbal suffixes in Papua New Guinea languages."  
• PENCE, Alan R., author. 1964. "Intonation in Kunimaipa (New Guinea)."
• PENCE, Alan R., author. 1965. A brief Kunimaipa grammar.
• PENCE, Alan R., author. 1966. "Kunimaipa phonology: Hierarchical levels."
• PENCE, Alan R., author. 1968. "An analysis of Kunimaipa pronouns."  
• PENCE, Alan R., author. 1971. "Kunimaipa vowel harmony."  
• PENCE, Alan R., editor. 1964. Verb studies in five New Guinea languages.  
• PENCE, Alan, author. 1963. Essentials for Translation.  
• PENCE, Alan, author. 1963. Kunimaipa Nouns and Noun Phrases.  
• PENNINGTON, Ryan, author. 2012. Sauk Organised Phonology Data.  
• PETTERSON, Robert G., compiler. Available: 2007; Created: 1989. Rumu Lexicon.  
• PETTERSON, Robert, author. 1992. Rumu Organised Phonology Data.  
• PFANTZ, Daryl; PFANTZ, Mary, facilitators. 2005. "Kuman language [Simbu province]."  
• PHILLIPS, Donald J., author. 1973. "The influence of English on a tribal alphabet; or, The phoneme or the allophone?."
• PHILLIPS, Donald J., author; HEALEY, Alan, consultant. 1970. Wahgi paragraphs.
• PHINNEMORE, Penny, author. 1988. "Coordination in Ono."
• PHINNEMORE, Thomas R., author. 1976. Ono phonology and morphophonemics.
• PHINNEMORE, Thomas R., author. 1985. "Ono phonology and morphophonemics."
• PHINNEMORE, Thomas R., author. 1989. Questions: You might get a lot less than you asked for.
• PIKE, Eunice V., author. 1964. "The phonology of New Guinea Highlands languages."
• PIKE, Evelyn G., author. 1997. "The grammatical structure of a New Guinea Pidgin procedural discourse."
• PIKE, Kenneth L.; SCOTT, Graham K., authors. 1963. "Pitch accent and non-accented phrases in Fore (New Guinea)."
• PILCH, Herbert, author. 1970. "Pike and Scott’s analysis of Fore suprasegmentals."  
• POTTS, Denise, author. 1999. "Do you see what I see?."
• PRICE, Dorothy, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1978. Set rhetorical predicates in Karkar.  
• PRICE, Dorothy, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1987. Characteristics of discourse types in Karkar.  
• PRICE, Dorothy, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1987. Pluralization in Karkar-Yuri - phonological aspect.  
• PRICE, Dorothy, author. Available: 2009; Created: 1981. Determining stress in Karkar.  
• PRICE, Dorothy, author. n.d.. Guahatike Organised Phonology Data.  
• PRIESTLEY, Carol, author; KESAPUN, Yoronas; MUTU, Winis; TOMAS, Sairam, facilitators. Available: 2012; Created: 1978-1986. A tentative phonology of Koromu.  
• QUIGLEY, Edward C., author. 2003. Awara phonology.  
• QUIGLEY, Susan R., author. 2002. The Awara verbal system.  
• RATH, Daniel D., author. 1993. "Mengen phonology essentials."  
• RAY, Michael J., author. 1977. Areas of meaning and idioms.  
• REESINK, Gerard P., author. 1978. Review of: a Waskia grammar sketch and vocabulary, by Malcolm Ross and John Natu Paol.  
• REESINK, Gerard P., author. 1981. "Grammatical features of cohesion in Usan: Towards a text differential."
• REESINK, Gerard P., author. 1981. Review of: Siroi grammar, by Margaret Wells.
• REESINK, Gerard P., author. 1983. "On subordination in Usan and other Papuan languages."
• REESINK, Gerard P., author. 1983. "Switch reference and topicality hierarchies."
• REESINK, Gerard P., author. 1987. Structures and their functions in Usan, a Papuan language of Papua New Guinea.
• REESINK, Gerard P., author. 1992. "The Melanesian content in Tok Pisin, by Rick J. Goulden. Pacific Linguistics B-104 [review]."
• REESINK, Gerard P., author. 1993. "‘Inner speech’ in Papuan languages."
• REESINK, Gerard P., author. 1994. "Domain-creating constructions in Papuan languages."
• REESINK, Gerard P., editor. 1993. Topics in descriptive Austronesian linguistics.
• REESINK, Gerard P., editor. 1994. Topics in descriptive Papuan linguistics.
• RICE, Amy; RICE, Chris, authors. 2002. Finongan Organised Phonology Data.
• RICE, Amy; RICE, Chris, authors. 2010. Finongan Organised Phonology Data.  
• RICHERT, Ernest L., author. 1975. "Sentence structure of Guhu-Samane."
• RICHERT, Ernest L., author. 2007. An introduction to Mid-Waria grammar.  
• RICHERT, Ernest L., compiler; BJORKMAN, Doris, editor. 2007. Guhu-Samene Lexicon.  
• RICHERT, Ernest L.; RICHERT, Marjorie, authors. 1972. "Phonology of Guhu-Samane."
• RIGDEN, Veda, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1986. Karkar-Yuri grammar cohesion referentials.  
• RIGDEN, Veda, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1986. Karkar-Yuri grammar relators.  
• RIGDEN, Veda, author. Available: 2009; Created: 1985. Karkar - Yuri grammar: prominence.  
• ROBERTS, John R., author. 1986. Amele grammar.
• ROBERTS, John R., author. 1987. Amele.
• ROBERTS, John R., author. 1988. "Amele switch-reference and the theory of grammar."
• ROBERTS, John R., author. 1988. "Switch-reference in Papuan languages: a syntactic or extrasyntactic device?."
• ROBERTS, John R., author. 1989. Review of: Universal grammar: 15 essays, by Edward L. Keenan.
• ROBERTS, John R., author. 1990. "Modality in Amele and other Papuan languages."
• ROBERTS, John R., author. 1991. "Reduplication in Amele."
• ROBERTS, John R., author. 1992. A Comparison of Possible Lexical Borrowings between Amele and Gedaged.  
• ROBERTS, John R., author. 1993. "Mirror-Image Reduplication In Amele."  
• ROBERTS, John R., author. 1993. Review of: Hua-English dictionary, by John Haiman.
• ROBERTS, John R., author. 1994. The category ‘irrealis’ in Papuan medial verbs.
• ROBERTS, John R., author. 1995. Verb specifiers in Amele.
• ROBERTS, John R., author. 1996. "A Government and Binding analysis of the verb in Amele."
• ROBERTS, John R., author. 1997. "Switch-reference in Papua New Guinea: a preliminary survey."
• ROBERTS, John R., author. 1997. The syntax of discourse structure.
• ROBERTS, John R., author. 1998. "GIVE in Amele."
• ROBERTS, John R., author. 2001. "Impersonal constructions in Amele."
• ROBERTS, John R., compiler. Available: 2007; Created: 1978-1988. Amele interlinear texts.  
• ROBERTS, John R., editor. 1990. Two grammatical studies.
• ROBERTS, John R., editor. 1992. Namia and Amanab grammar essentials.
• ROBERTS, John, author. 1998. Amele Organised Phonology Data.  
• ROOSMAN, Raden S., author. 1975. "The Malay element in Melanesian Pidgin."
• ROSS, Malcolm, author. 1992. "The position of Gumawana among the languages of the Papuan Tip Cluster."
• ROSS, Malcolm, author. 1993. "Describing interclausal relations in Takia."
• ROSS, Malcolm, author. 1993. "Tonogenesis in the North Huon Gulf Chain."
• ROSS, Malcolm, author. 2010. "A preliminary analysis of East Kewa Tone."  
• ROSS, Malcolm, author. n.d.. Maisin Organised Phonology Data.  
• ROSS, Malcolm; THROOP, Craig, authors. 1995. "Kaulong."
• ROUTAMAA, Ismo; ROUTAMAA, Judith, authors. Available: 2008; Created: 1995-09. Kamula phonology essentials.  
• ROUTAMAA, Judith, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1994-02. Kamula grammar essentials.  
• ROUTAMAA, Judith, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1997-09. Events and participants in Kamula discourse.  
• ROUTAMAA, Judith, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1997-09. Tail-head linkage in Kamula.  
• ROWE, Karen, author. 2001. Siar Lak Organised Phonology Data.  
• ROWE, Karen, author. 2005. Siar-Lak grammar essentials.  
• ROYER, Gottlieb; ROYER, Margarita, authors. Available: 1997; Created: 1994. Kanasi Organised Phonology Data.  
• RUBY, John; STUCKY, Alfred; STUCKY, Dellene, authors. Available: 2009; Created: 1990. Melpa phonology.  
• RUCKER, Diane J., author. 1990. Anjam phonology essentials.  
• RUCKER, Robert, author. 2000. Anjam Organised Phonology Data.  
• RULE, Joan, author. 1965. "A comparison of certain phonemes of the languages of the Mendi and Nembi Valleys, Southern Highlands, Papua."
• SAARI, Sinnikka, compiler. 1992. Bine Organised Phonology Data.
• SANDERS, Arden G.; SANDERS, Joy, authors. 1977. "Lalok (Bogadjim) village: Village living report, 1976."
• SANDERS, Arden G.; SANDERS, Joy, authors. 1980. "Phonology of the Kamasau language."
• SANDERS, Arden G.; SANDERS, Joy, authors. 1987. "Kamasau orthography."  
• SANDERS, Arden G.; SANDERS, Joy, authors. Available: 2005; Created: 1994-03-12. Kamasau language pesky particles.  
• SANDERS, Arden G.; SANDERS, Joy, authors. Available: 2005; Created: 1994-03-12. Negation in Kamasau.  
• SANDERS, Arden G.; SANDERS, Joy, authors. Available: 2005; Created: 1994-06. Kamasau (Wand Tuan) grammar:: morpheme to sentence.  
• SANDERS, Arden G.; SANDERS, Joy, compilers. 1996. Wand Tuan wand puate: Yumbo yumbo buagi raqe wund (As tok bilong Tok Ples Wand Tuan: Kamasau practical tri-glot dictionary).  
• SANKOFF, Gillian, author. 1975. "Sampela-nupela lo ikamap long Tok Pisin."
• SARSA, Risto, author. 2001. Wara Organised Phonology Data.  
• SARSA, Risto; WURM, Stephen A., authors. Available: 2009; Created: 2001. Organised phonology: Wára language, Western province.
• SCHLIE, Perry, author. 1989. "Breaking in on the Kara net."  
• SCHLIE, Perry, compiler. 1996. Kara Organised Phonology Data.  
• SCHLIE, Perry; SCHLIE, Virginia, authors. 1988. "Disarming a loaded patient."
• SCHLIE, Perry; SCHLIE, Virginia, authors. 1993. "A Kara phonology."  
• SCHLIE, Virginia, author. 1989. "Ways and means of communication in Kara."  
• SCHOLZ, Lyle, author; HEALEY, Alan, consultant. Available: 1970; Created: 1962-1970. Kalam higher level grammar: Part I, Kalam sentence types; Part II, Kalam paragraph types; Part III, Kalam discourse types.
• SCORZA, David P., author. 1973. Sentence structures of the Au language.  
• SCORZA, David P., author. 1978. A sketch of Au morphology and syntax.
• SCORZA, David P., author. 1985. "A sketch of Au morphology and syntax."
• SCORZA, David P., author. Available: 2008; Created: 1971. Phonemes of the Au language.  
• SCORZA, David P., author. Available: 2008; Created: 1974. Au paragraphs and discourses.  
• SCORZA, David P., author. Available: 2008; Created: 1976-11. Au language word, phrase, clause.  
• SCOTT, Graham K., author. 1968. "Fore final verbs."
• SCOTT, Graham K., author. 1973. Higher levels of Fore grammar.
• SCOTT, Graham K., author. 1977. The Fore language of Papua New Guinea.
• SCOTT, Graham K., author. 1979. "Lexical expansion in a non-Austronesian language of Papua New Guinea."
• SCOTT, Graham K., author. 1980. Fore dictionary.
• SCOTT, Graham K., author. 1983. "Discourse cohesion in a highland language of P.N.G.."
• SCOTT, Graham K., author. 1986. "On ergativity in Fore and other Papuan languages."
• SCOTT, Graham K., author. 1990. A reanalysis of Fore accent.  
• SCOTT, Graham, author. 1978. The Fore language of Papua New Guinea.
• SCOTT, Graham, author. 1992. Fore Organised Phonology Data.  
• SENFT, Gunter, author. 1993. "These ‘Procrustean’ feelings... . Some of my problems in describing Kilivila."
• SHAW, Karen A., author. 1973. "Grammatical notes on Samo."
• SHAW, Karen A.; SHAW, R. Daniel, authors. 1973. "Location: a linguistic and cultural focus in Samo."  
• SHAW, Karen A.; SHAW, R. Daniel, authors. 1977. Samo phonemes: Description, interpretation and resulting orthography.  
• SHIM, Jae Wook, author. Available: 2008; Created: 2000. Conjunctions in Wipi.  
• SIEGEL, Jeff, author. n.d.. Labu Organised Phonology Data.  
• SIMONS, Gary F., author. 1977. Phonostatistic methods.
• SIMONS, Gary F.; SIMONS, Linda, authors. 1977. A vocabulary of Biliau, an Austronesian language of New Guinea, with notes on its development from Proto Oceanic.  
• SIMONS, Linda, author. 1977. "A tentative phonemic statement of the language of Biliau."
• SIMONS, Linda, author. 1983. "A comparison of the pidgins of Solomon Islands and Papua New Guinea."
• SMALLEY, William A., author. 1975. Review of: Neo-tagmemics: an integrated approach to linguistic analysis and description, by Darlene Bee.
• SMITH, Jean, author. 1977. Mianmin sentence structure.  
• SMITH, Jean; WESTON, Pamela, authors. 1974. Mianmin phonemes and tonemes.  
• SMITH, Jean; WESTON, Pamela, authors. 1974. Notes on Mianmin grammar.  
• SMITH, Jean; WESTON, Pamela, compilers. 2009. Mianmin - English English - Mianmin Tok Pidgin - Mianmin dictionary.  
• SMYTHE, W. E., author; HEALEY, Alan, editor. 1970. "Melanesian, Micronesian and Indonesian features in languages of the Admiralty Islands."
• SNYDER, David M., author. 1992. "Lexicography in Papuan Tip Cluster languages: Where will it lead?."
• SOUTHWELL, Gwyneth; SOUTHWELL, Neville, authors. Available: 2007; Created: 1972. Phonemes and orthography of Komba.  
• SOUTHWELL, Gwyneth; SOUTHWELL, Neville, authors. Available: 2007; Created: 1972-08. Komba sentence and paragraph types.  
• SOUTHWELL, Gwyneth; SOUTHWELL, Neville, compilers. Available: 2008; Created: 1969. Komba dictionary.  
• SOUTHWELL, Neville, author. 1992. Komba Organised Phonology Data.  
• SOUTHWELL, Neville, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1979. Komba grammar sketch.  
• SPAULDING, Craig; SPAULDING, Patricia, authors. 1994. Phonology and grammar of Nankina.  
• SPEECE, Richard F., author. 1987. "How shall we write what was left when the labialized post velar lost its velar?."  
• SPEECE, Richard F., author. 1988. "Phonological processes affecting segments in Angave."
• SPEECE, Richard F., author. 1989. Redundant clauses in Angave narratives.
• SPEECE, Richard F., compiler. 2006-. Angave dictionary.  
• SPEECE, Rick, author. 1992. Ankave Organised Phonology Data.  
• SPENCER, Katharine, author. 2008. "Kwomtari grammar essentials."
• STAALSEN, Phil, author. 1992. Iatmul Organised Phonology Data.  
• STAALSEN, Philip, author. 1966. "The phonemes of Iatmul."
• STAALSEN, Philip, author. 1972. "Clause relationships in Iatmul."
• STAALSEN, Philip, author. Available: 2007; Created: 1964-07. Iatmul verbs.  
• STAALSEN, Philip, author. Available: 2007; Created: 1965. Iatmul grammar sketch.  
• STALEY, William, author. 1994. "Theoretical implications of Olo verb reduplication."
• STALEY, William, author. 1995. Referent management in Olo: a cognitive perspective.
• STALEY, William, author. 1996. "The multiple processes of Olo verb reduplication."
• STALEY, William, author. 2007. Referent management in Olo: a cognitive perspective.  
• STEINKRAUS, Walter, author. 1969. "Tifal phonology showing vowel and tone neutralization."  
• STEPHANIW, Roman, author. 1987. A comparison of Imbongu grammar with the Kaugel grammar essentials.  
• STOBER, Cherie; STOBER, Scot, authors. 2005. "Organised phonology data supplement: Mato language."  
• STOBER, Scot, author. Available: 2009; Created: 2005. Mato organised phonology data.  
• STOBER, Scot, facilitator. 2005. "Mato (Nenaya, Nengaya, Nineia) language wasu [Morobe province]."  
• STRANGE, David, author. 1973. "Indicative and subjunctive in Upper Asaro."
• STRANGE, David, author. 1992. Upper Asaro Organised Phonology Data.  
• STRANGE, David, author. Available: 2009; Created: 1972. Dano noun inflection.  
• STRANGE, David; STRANGE, Gladys N., authors. Available: 2009; Created: 1974. Dano hyper-phonemics.  
• STRANGE, Gladys N., author. 1965. "Nominal elements in Upper Asaro."
• STUCKY, Al, author. 1994. Nii Organised Phonology Data.  
• STUCKY, Alfred; STUCKY, Dellene, authors. 1973. Nii phonology.  
• STUCKY, Alfred; STUCKY, Dellene, authors. Available: 2008; Created: 1970-09. Ek Nii sentences and paragraphs.  
• STUCKY, Alfred; STUCKY, Dellene, authors. Available: 2008; Created: 1976-08. Nii grammar: from morpheme to discourse.  
• STUCKY, Alfred; STUCKY, Dellene, authors. Available: 2009; Created: 1995. Melpa verbs and morphophonemics: an interim report.  
• STUTZMAN, Robert; STUTZMAN, Verna, authors. 1992. Tauade Organised Phonology Data.  
• STUTZMAN, Verna, author. 1997. A study of the Lou verb phrase.
• STUTZMAN, Verna, compiler. 1992. Lou Organised Phonology Data.  
• SVENSSON, Erik, compiler. 2012. Kakabai Organisesd Phonology Data (OPD).  
• SWICK, Joyce, author. 1966. "Chuave phonological hierarchy."
• TAUBERSCHMIDT, Gerhard, author. 1999. A grammar of Sinaugoro: an Austronesian language of the Central Province of Papua New Guinea.
• TAUBERSCHMIDT, Gerhard, compiler. 1992. Sinaugoro Organised Phonology Data.  
• TAUBERSCHMIDT, Gerhard, compiler. 1995. Sinaugoro dictionary.
• TAUBERSCHMIDT, Gerhard, compiler. Available: 2007; Created: 1987-1995. Sinaugoro dictionary.  
• TAUBERSCHMIDT, Gerhard; TAUBERSCHMIDT, Hiltrud, authors. Available: 2009; Created: 1994. Sinaugoro phonology.  
• TAYLOR, Matt, author. 2006. Nukna Organised Phonology Data (OPD).  
• THARP, Doug, author. Available: 1997; Created: 1993. Sulka Organised Phonology Data.  
• THARP, Douglas, author. 1996. "Sulka grammar essentials."
• THIESSEN, Jessica, researcher; JACK, Simeon; JEVES, Yoseph Mainu, speakers. 2012. Canoe-making.
• THIESSEN, Jessica, researcher; JACK, Simeon; JEVES, Yoseph Mainu, speakers. 2012. Yam Garden.
• THIESSEN, Jessica, researcher; JEVES, Yoseph Mainu, speaker. 2012. Cassowary hunt narrative.
• THIESSEN, Jessica, researcher; JEVES, Yoseph Mainu, speaker. 2012. Kanum clan.
• THIESSEN, Jessica, researcher; JEVES, Yoseph Mainu, speaker. 2012. Ngar and Rema language origin.
• THIESSEN, Jessica, researcher; MANI, Yauka, speaker. 2012. Three Cassowaries.
• THIESSEN, Jessica, researcher; TOM, Batia, speaker. 2012. Cutting Sticks.
• THIESSEN, Jessica, researcher; TOM, Batia, speaker. 2012. First Day of School.
• THIESSEN, Jessica, researcher; TOM, Batia, speaker. 2012. Fishing Story.
• THROOP, Craig, compiler. 1992. Kaulong Organised Phonology Data.  
• THURMAN, Robert C., author. 1975. "Chuave medial verbs."
• THURMAN, Robert C., author. 1979. Interclausal relationships in Chuave.
• TOLAND, Don, compiler. 1992. Rawa Organised Phonology Data.  
• TOLAND, Donald; TOLAND, Norma, authors. 1991. Reference grammar of the Karo/Rawa language.  
• TREFRY, David, author. 1965. A comparative study of Kuman and Pawaian: Non-Austronesian languages of New Guinea.
• TREFRY, David, author. 1969. A comparative study of Kuman and Pawaian: Non-Austronesian languages of New Guinea.
• TROOLIN, Dave; TROOLIN, Sarah, facilitators. 2005. "Sam (Songum, Songumsam) language [Madang province]."  
• TROOLIN, David Eric, author. 2012. Conceptual Blending in Millenial Movements: An Application of Conceptual Theory to Case Studies in Papua New Guinea and Israel.  
• TUPPER, Ian, author. n.d.. Transitivity and noun phrase marking in Namia.
• TURNER, Blaine, author. 1992. Manam Organised Phonology Data.  
• TURNER, Blaine, author. 1995. "Manam."
• VINCENT, Alex; VINCENT, Lois, authors. 1994. Tairora Vinata Organised Phonology Data.  
• VINCENT, Alex; VINCENT, Lois, compilers. 1994. Tairora Obura Organised Phonology Data.  
• VINCENT, Alexander, author. 1973. "Notes on Tairora noun morphology."
• VINCENT, Alexander, author. 1973. "Tairora texts."
• VINCENT, Alexander, author. 1973. "Tairora verb structure."
• VINCENT, Alexander; VINCENT, Lois, authors. 1962. "Introductory notes on Tairora verb morphology and syntax."
• VISSERING, Linda, compiler. 1992. Patep Organised Phonology Data.  
• VOLLRATH, Paul W., author. 1985. Hewa phonemes: a tentative statement.  
• VOLLRATH, Paul, author. 1992. Hewa Organised Phonology Data.  
• VOORHOEVE, C. L., author. 2010. "A remarkable chain tale from New Guinea."  
• WADE, Martha, author. 1999. "Switch reference and control in Apalɨ."
• WAKEFIELD, David C., author. 1989. "Dog-pigs and other people."  
• WAKEFIELD, David, author. Available: 2011; Created: 1975. Grammar Notes on Arifama-Miniafia.  
• WATERS, Bruce, author. Available: 1997; Created: 1992. Takia Organised Phonology Data.  
• WEARNE, Helen; WILSON, Patricia R., authors. Available: 2008; Created: 1970. Ambulas phonemes.  
• WEBB, Thomas, author. 1974. Urii phonemes.  
• WEBB, Thomas, author. Available: 2009; Created: 1981. Uri Phonemics.  
• WEBB, Tom, author. 1995. Uri Organised Phonology Data.  
• WEBER, Thomas, author. 1997. Bimin grammar essentials.  
• WEBER, Thomas, author. 2003. Bimin Organised Phonology Data.  
• WEBER, Thomas; WHITNEY, Henry, authors. 1999. Bimin Phonology Essentials.  
• WEBER, Tom, author. 2001. Bimin Organised Phonology Data.  
• WEGMANN, Urs, author. 1994. Yau Organised Phonology Data.  
• WEIMER, Harry, author. 1972. "Yareba verb morphology."
• WEIMER, Harry, author. 1992. Aneme Wake Organised Phonology Paper.  
• WEIMER, Harry, author. 1992. Moikodi Organised Phonology Data.  
• WEIMER, Harry, author. 1992. Yareba Organised Phonology Data.  
• WEIMER, Harry, author. Available: 2006; Created: 1963. Six Yareba texts.  
• WEIMER, Harry, author. Available: 2006; Created: 1978-04. Comparative grammar of 5 Yareban family languages.  
• WEIMER, Harry; WEIMER, Natalia, authors. 1970. "Reduplication in Yareba."
• WEIMER, Harry; WEIMER, Natalia, authors. 1972. "Yareba phonemes."
• WEIMER, Harry; WEIMER, Natalia, authors. 1975. "A short sketch of Yareba grammar."
• WEIMER, Harry; WEIMER, Natalia, authors. Available: 2006; Created: 1977-02. Phoneme comparisons of the Yareban languages.  
• WEIMER, Harry; WEIMER, Natalia, compilers. 1974. Yareba language.
• WELLS, M., author; PECK, C., editor. Available: 2011; Created: 1970-06. Siroi paragraph types.
• WELLS, Margaret, author. 1979. Siroi grammar.
• WENDEL, Thomas D., author. 1993. A preliminary grammar of Hanga Hundi.
• WENDEL, Thomas DeWayne, author. Available: 2012; Created: 1997-01-01. A preliminary grammar of Hanga Hundi - Memorandum.  
• WENDEL, Tom, author. Available: 2012; Created: 1996-12. Corrections and additions to "A preliminary grammar of Hanga Hundi".  
• WEST, Dorothy, author. 1973. Wojokeso sentence, paragraph, and discourse analysis.
• WEST, Idi, author. 1992. Ampeeli Organised Phonology Data.  
• WESTON, Pamela, author. 1977. Mianmin interrogatives.  
• WESTON, Pamela, author. 1992. Mianmin Organised Phonology Data.  
• WHITBY, Clyde M., author. 1984. Features of Dadibi epistolary discourse.
• WHITBY, Clyde M., author. Available: 2006; Created: 1990. Dadibi - Tok Pisin - English dictionary: po dage dabe.  
• WHITEHEAD, Carl R., author. 1981. "Subject, object, and indirect object: Towards a typology of Papuan languages."
• WHITEHEAD, Carl R., author. 1987. "The category ‘relevance’ in Menya verbal morphology."
• WHITEHEAD, Carl R., author. 1991. "Tense, aspect, mood and modality: verbal morphology in Menya."
• WHITEHEAD, Carl R., author. 1992. Review of: a grammar of Awtuw, by Harry Feldman.
• WHITEHEAD, Carl R., author. 1993. Review of: a grammar of Tauya, by Lorna MacDonald.
• WHITEHEAD, Carl R., author. 2004. A reference grammar of Menya, an Angan language of Papua New Guinea.  
• WHITEHEAD, Carl, author. Available: 1999; Created: 1992. Menya Organised Phonology Data.  
• WHITNEY, Henry, author. 1992. Akoye organised phonology data: Akoye language [miw] Gulf Province.  
• WHITNEY, Henry, author. 1999. Akoye non-final clauses.  
• WHITNEY, Henry, compiler. Available: 2002; Created: 1995. Akoye triglot dictionary.  
• WHITNEY, Henry; WHITNEY, Virginia, authors. 2000. Akoye Phonology Essentials.  
• WHITNEY, Henry; WHITNEY, Virginia, authors. Available: 2010; Created: 1991. Akoye Grammar Essentials.  
• WILSON, Darryl, author. 1969. "Suena grammar highlights."
• WILSON, Darryl, author. 1969. "Suena phonology."
• WILSON, Darryl, author. 1974. Suena grammar.  
• WILSON, Darryl, author. 1976. Paragraph and discourse structure in Suena.  
• WILSON, Darryl, author. 1990. Idiom discovery procedure.
• WILSON, Darryl, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1980-06. A brief comparative grammar of Zia and Suena.  
• WILSON, Darryl, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1981-01-13. Nasalization in Zia.  
• WILSON, Darryl; WILSON, Lael, compilers. Available: 2008-; Created: 1973. Suena - English dictionary and English - Suena dictionary.  
• WILSON, Jonathan Paul, author. 1996. Binandere nominal structures.  
• WILSON, Jonathan, author. 1992. Binandere Organised Phonology Data.  
• WILSON, Jonathan, author. Available: 2005; Created: 2002-12-03. Binandere grammar essentials verbal structures.  
• WILSON, Jonathan, author. Available: 2012; Created: 2005-06-08. Binandere Language [BHG] Dialect Survey.  
• WILSON, Patricia R., author. 1973. Abulas sentences.
• WILSON, Patricia R., author. 1980. Ambulas grammar.  
• WILSON, Patricia R., author. Available: 2008; Created: 1989. Brief Ambulas-Wosera-Mamu statement.  
• WILSON, Patricia R., author. Available: 2008; Created: 1989-06. Ambulas-Wingei statement.  
• WILSON, Patricia R., author. Available: 2008; Created: 1990-07. Ambulas-Wosera-Kamu-K statement.  
• WILSON, Patricia R., author. Available: 2008; Created: 1998-10-31. Ambulas-Wosera-Kamu-K dictionary.  
• WILSON, Patricia, author. 1996. Ambulas Organised Phonology Data.  
• WILSON, Theresa; WOZNA, Beata, authors. 2005. Seimat grammar essentials.  
• WILSON, Theresa; WOZNA, Beata, authors. Available: 2012; Created: 2005. Seimat organised phonology data.  
• WILSON, Theresa; WOZNA, Beata, facilitators. 2005. "Seimat (Ninigo) language: the Ninigo islands [Western Manus province]."
• WIVELL, Dick, author. 1981. Kairiru dictionary.  
• WIVELL, R, author. n.d.. Kairiru Organised Phonology Data.  
• WIVELL, Richard, author. 1981. Kairiru grammar.  
• WOODWARD, Lance B., author. 1973. Maring sentences.  
• WUNUM, I.J., author. n.d.. Mehek Organised Phonology Data.  
• YOUNG, Robert A., author. 1964. "The primary verb in Bena-bena."  
• YOUNG, Robert A., author. 1970. The verb in Bena-bena: its form and function.
• YOUNG, Robert A., author. 1971. The verb in Bena-bena: its form and function.
• YOUNG, Robert A., author. 2009. A generative phonology of the verb in Bena-Bena.  
• YOUNG, Robert A., author. Available: 2006; Created: 1969?. A tentative case grammar in Benabena.  
• YOUNG, Robert A., author. Available: 2009; Created: 1970?. Bena-Bena sentences.  
• YOUNG, Robert A., author. Available: 2009; Created: 1975-08. Notes on the dialect differences of Bena-bena.  
• YOUNG, Robert A.; YOUNG, Rosemary, authors. 1965. "The three dimensional classification system of Bena-bena nouns."
• YOUNG, Robert A.; YOUNG, Rosemary, authors. Available: 2009; Created: 1961. The phonemes of Bena-Bena (a routine statement).  
• YOUNG, Robert A.; YOUNG, Rosemary, compilers. Available: 2006; Created: 1975?. Benabena dictionary.  
• YOUNG, Robert, compiler. 1992. Benabena Organised Phonology Data.  
• YOUNG, Rosemary, author. 1962. "The phonemes of Kanite, Kamano, Benabena, and Gahuku."
• Z’GRAGGEN, J. A., author. 1975. Comparative wordlists of the Admiralty Island languages, collected by W. E. Smythe.  

Linguistics courses

• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1977. What do we have to do now to obtain our objectives tomorrow?.
• HEALEY, Alan, author. 1977. Teaching introductory linguistic analysis.

Literacy

• ACTON, Beth, compiler. 2011. "Bilingual Education: the bridge that closes the literacy gap."  
• ADLER, Richard, author. 1975. "Olsem wanem Tok Pisin i ken helpim ol manmeri long Papua Niugini?."
• AHAI, Naihuwo, author. 1987. "In support of vernacular in education."
• AHAI, Naihuwo, author. 1991. "Literacy in an emergent society."
• AHAI, Naihuwo, author. 2005. Literacy in an emergent society: Papua New Guinea.  
• ALLEN, Janice, author. 1991. Review of: Working together for literacy: a guidebook for local language literacy programs, by Mary D. Stringer and Nicholas Faraclas.
• ALLEN, Janice; ALLEN, Jerry, authors. 1980. Halia (North Solomons Province).
• ALLEN, Jerry; BEASO, Matthew, authors. 1975. Petats phonemes and orthography.  
• AMBROSE, Mark, author. 2008. "The STEP Project: Developing a Curriculum for Literacy, Leadership and Community Transformation."  
• Anonymous. 1968. READ 3.2.  
• Anonymous. 1972. READ 7.3.  
• Anonymous. 1972. READ 7.4.
• Anonymous. 1973. READ 8.1.
• Anonymous. 2003. "Supervisor's tokples education program (STEP), 1996-1997."
• ÅRSJÖ, Britten; ÅRSJÖ, Sören, authors. 1980. Ama (East Sepik Province).
• ÅRSJÖ, Britten; ÅRSJÖ, Sören, authors. 1981. "Using Ama literates to determine their orthography."
• ÅRSJÖ, Britten; ÅRSJÖ, Sören, authors. 1996. "Three writers’ workshops: April 15-19, May 20-24, June 11-14, 1996."
• ÅRSJÖ, Britten; ÅRSJÖ, Sören, authors. 2000. "Konai."  
• ÅRSJÖ, Britten; ÅRSJÖ, Sören, authors. 2005. "Phonology and orthography essentials: Konai (Kala̱i̱) language (Western Province Papua New Guinea)."  
• ATKINSON, Joy, author. 1988. Review of: The acquisition of literacy: ethnographic perspectives, Bambi R. Schieffelin and Perry Gilmore, editors.
• ATKINSON, Joy, author. 1994. "A new era in training... DTET."
• ATKINSON, Joy, author. 1997. "STEP course update."
• BAKER, Helen; WILSON, Patricia R., authors. 1980. Abulas (East Sepik Province).
• BANALE, Apep, author. 2002. "Using the Luke Video Script for Dramas."
• BARTHEL, Dixon, author. 1985. "Writer’s workshop on Manus Island."
• BENSON, Glenda, author; BRUIJNES, Elyce, editor. 1999. "Music: motivating adults to read."
• BERRY, Keith, author. 1999. Literacy programs: getting the ideology right.
• BICKERTON, Derek, author. 1975. "University-level courses in Pidgin & Creole."
• BJORKMAN, Doris; GARIAI, Balai, authors. 2001. "History of my literacy work."
• BOUSH, Susan, author. 1981. "Tifal pre-reading program."
• BOUSH, Susan, author. 1997. "Training for prospective prepschool teachers."
• BOWER, Ruth, author. 1982. Review of: Reading strategies: Focus on comprehension, by Yetta M. Goodman and Carolyn Burke.
• BOXWELL, Helen; BOXWELL, Maurice, authors. 1980. Weri (Morobe Province).
• BRADSHAW, Robert, author. Available: 2009; Created: 1997. Fuyug orthography paper.  
• BRIEN, Patricia, author. 1980. An integrated literacy program.
• BROOK, Louise; D'JERNES, Jeff; D'JERNES, Sissie, authors. 2004. "Writers’ Workshop Report: Arop-Lokep Language, October 2003."  
• BROWN, Carl; BROWN, Gaynor, authors. 1980. Yangoru (East Sepik Province).
• BROWN, Carl; BROWN, Gaynor, authors. 1987. "A visit to the Enga tokples pre-schools."
• BROWN, Gaynor, author. 1976. Remedial reading.
• BROWN, Gaynor, author. 1983. "Library tables for pre-schoolers in the North Solomons Province."
• BROWN, Gaynor, author. 1984. "Reading readiness: North Solomons pre-school programme."
• BROWN, Gaynor, author. 1985. "Gudschinsky and kids."
• BROWN, Gaynor, author. 1986. Review of: An evaluation of the Viles Tok Ples scheme in the North Solomons Province, by Lisa Delpit and Graeme Kemelfield.
• BROWN, Gaynor, author. 1987. "Animal lotto: a reading fluency game."
• BROWN, Gaynor, author. 1987. "Transfer games for Agarabi readers."
• BROWN, Gaynor, author. 1988. "Some ideas for story track books."
• BROWN, Gaynor, author. 1989. "Selection and training of literacy supervisors."
• BROWN, Gaynor, author. 1989. Review of: Training family and friends as adult literacy tutors, by John Scoble, Keith Topping and Colin Wigglesworth.
• BROWN, Gaynor; SIMPSON, Steve, authors. 1990. A materials production and curriculum planning course for vernacular preschools.
• BROWNIE, John, editor. 2000. Sociolinguistic and literacy studies: highlands and islands.
• BROWNIE, John, editor. 2000. Sociolinguistic and literacy studies: South-West, Sepik and Morobe.
• BROWNIE, John; BROWNIE, Marjo, authors. 2002. Orthography and phonology description Mussau-Emira language: St. Matthias Islands—New Ireland province.
• BUGENHAGEN, Salme E., author. 1992. "Report on a literacy course held in Mangap-Mbula."
• BÜHMANN, Dörthe; TRUDELL, Barbara, authors. 2008. La langue maternelle, ça compte ! La langue locale, clé d'un apprentissage efficace.  
• BÜHMANN, Dörthe; TRUDELL, Barbara, authors. 2008. Mother tongue matters: local language as a key to effective learning.  
• CAHILL, Michael, author. 2008. "Word games as experimental linguistics."  
• CALLISTER, Sandra, author. 1983. "A vernacular pre-school program for the Misima: a beginning."
• CALLISTER, Sandra, author. 1985. "Report on testing in Misima vernacular pre-schools in 1984."
• CALLISTER, Sandra, author. 1986. "Adapting the syllable method for vernacular pre-schools."
• CALLISTER, Sandra, author. 1989. "Adapting grade 1 curriculum for Misima preschool graduates."
• CAMPBELL, Jo Anne, author. 1986. "Letters, language learning and literacy: a West Sepik experience."
• CAMPBELL, Jo Anne, author. 1991. Review of: The benefits of language learning for literacy specialists, by Kaye Stender.
• CANDEE, Joy, author. 2012. "Curriculum and the Onobasulu."  
• CARPENTER, Catharine, author. 2012. "Battle of Desktop Publishing Programs."  
• CATES, Ann R., author. 1972. "Indigenous writers in the making."
• CATES, Ann R., author. 1974. "The Atzera literacy programme: An experimental campaign in Papua New Guinea."
• CATES, Ann R., author. 1975. "Why teach first in the vernacular?."
• CATES, Ann R.; CATES, Larry E., authors. 1975. "Authors for Papua New Guinea."
• CATES, Ann R.; CATES, Larry E., authors. 1981. "An interest-oriented literacy program for the Nii people."
• CATES, Ann, editor. 1973. READ 8.3.  
• CATES, Ann, editor. 1973. READ 8.4.  
• CATES, Ann; LOVING, Aretta, editors. 1974. READ 9.1.  
• CHATTERTON, P., author. 1968. "The language factor in territory education."
• CHUNG, Je-Soon, author. Available: 2009; Created: 1995. Orthography paper for Mekeo language in Central Province of Papua New Guinea.  
• CLARK, Dawn S., author. 1991. "The Sunday School as a vehicle for literacy."
• CLARK, Dawn S.; CLARK, Stephen, authors. 1993. "Where should the literacy programme begin? A self-assessment survey of literacy in [the] Sio language, PNG."
• CLIFTON, Deborah A.; CLIFTON, John M., authors. 1995. "Vanimo orthography workshop."
• CLIFTON, John M., author. 1986. Orthographic reform in Kope.  
• CLIFTON, John M., editor. 1987. Studies in Melanesian orthographies.
• COBB, Elyce; WROGE, Diane, authors. 1990. "Iwal transfer primer and teacher’s training course."
• COCHRAN, Anne M., author. 1977. Alphabet design for Papua New Guinea languages.
• CONRAD, Jo Ann; CONRAD, Robert J., authors. 1980. Muhian (East Sepik Province).
• CONRAD, Jo Ann; CONRAD, Robert J., authors. 1987. "The symbolization of /ə/ in Mufian (Southern Arapesh)."  
• COOK, Bruce L., author. 1977. "Observing pictures in Papua New Guinea."
• COOK, Bruce L., author. 1977. "Understanding pictures in Papua New Guinea: a progress report."
• COOPER, Russell E., author. 1990. "Successful shells: Some linguistic principles needed for translation."
• COOPER, Russell E., author. 1990. Review of: Literacy: Focus on Asia and the Pacific, special issue to commemorate International Literacy Year 1990, Yvonne Heslop, editor.
• COOPER, Russell E., author. 1991. "Learning to do linguistic quality control in the production of vernacular shell books: Eastern Highlands pilot shell book workshop—assessing the linguistic and translation component."
• COOPER, Russell E., author. 1994. Hang five: Five attitude shifts that can make trainer training work.
• COOPER, Russell E., author. 1997. "Making and marketing ‘mini-books’ in Buhutu."
• DAY, Bill; DAY, Sherry, authors. 1992. "Faiwol prep school experiences."
• DAY, Sherry, author. 1993. "Fluency improves for Faiwol people."
• DEIBLER, Ellis W., author. 1987. "The function of glottal stop in Gahuku."  
• DELOACH, Danny, author. 1997. "The grasshopper book."
• DOMMERHOLT, Annie, author. 1992. "Why the Evangelical Lutheran Church of Papua New Guinea teaches oral language."
• DOMMERHOLT, Annie, author. 1993. "The Tok Ples learning to read programme we are developing."
• DONDORP, Anne; GASAWAY, Eileen; REMPEL, Robin, authors. 1995. "Idi orthography design workshop."
• DOWNING, John, author. 1986. "A source of cognitive confusion for beginning readers: Learning in a second language."
• DRAPER, Sheila, author. 1974. "Adult literacy for the New Guinea villager."
• DREW, Dorothy E., author. 1981. "A comparison between the Laubach and Freire methods."
• DREW, Dorothy, editor. 1979. READ 14.1.
• DREW, Dorothy, editor. 1980. READ 15.1.
• DYE, Sally Folger, author. 1988. New literates reading aloud for audience comprehension: The Bahinemo case.
• EASTON, Catherine; WROGE, Diane, authors. 2012. Manual for Alphabet Design through Community Interaction for Papua New Guinea Elementary Teacher Trainers.  
• EDWARDS, Allen, author. 1984. "Teaching numeracy in Papua New Guinea."
• ELIASON, James, author. 1989. Review of: Eradication of adult illiteracy in Zambia--a mass approach, by Juma E. Nyirenda.
• ELIASON, James, author. 1989. Review of: Persuasion of adult learners: a study, by D. Janardhana Reddy.
• ELIASON, James, author. 1989. Review of: Schema activation, cooperation, and adult literacy instruction, by Dolores Perin.
• ELIASON, James, author. 1990. "Review of: Papua New Guinea Journal of Education, October 1989 issue."
• ELIASON, James, author. 1990. "The production of literature: From A. T. to AT."
• ELIASON, James, author. 1991. "What comes next?."
• EVANS, Beverley, author. 1984. "Barai pre-school report."
• EVANS, Beverley, author. 1985. "Results of Barai pre-school reading tests."
• EVANS, Beverley, author. 1988. "Warm clothing using a bilum stitch."
• EVANS, Beverley, author. 1988. A comparison of eclectic and language experience approaches to reading in vernacular preschools.
• EVANS, Beverley; EVANS, Peter, authors. 1980. Barai (Northern Province).
• EVANS, Peter, author. 1981. "Adult literacy--follow-up or don’t start!."
• EVANS, Peter, author. 1981. "Saturation literacy."
• EVANS, Peter, author. 1982. "Psycholinguistics: The key to successful reading."
• EVANS, Peter, author. 1987. "Reading as a natural process."
• EVANS, Peter, author. 1989. Reading clubs.
• EVANS, Peter, author. 1991. "Reading readiness."
• FARACLAS, Nicholas, author. 1987. "Enga tokples pre-school project: Toward workable literacy programs for developing countries."
• FARACLAS, Nicholas; STRINGER, Mary D., authors. 1987. "Using the community framework to start multi-strategy literacy classes: The Oro multilingual research project tokples priskul program."
• FARACLAS, Nicholas; STRINGER, Mary D., authors. 1987. "Working together for literacy."
• FARNSWORTH, Marva, author. 1969. Manambu trial literacy.
• FARR, Cynthia J.; FARR, James B., authors. 1980. Korafe (Northern Province).
• FAST, Marianne, author. 2000. "Using Sunday school materials for adult fluency."  
• FEDERWITZ, Alvina, author. 2002. "Training indigenous writers: discovering treasures in vernacular language and culture."
• FELDPAUSCH, Becky, author. 2001. "What some of the elementary teachers say."
• FELDPAUSCH, Becky, author. 2003. "Adult Reading Classes with the Namia People."  
• FELDPAUSCH, Becky; FELDPAUSCH, Thomas, authors. Available: 2009; Created: 2000. Namia orthography paper.  
• FELDPAUSCH, Becky; NICHOLS, Jean; REMPEL, Robin, authors. 1998. "Literacy evaluation tool."
• FELDPAUSCH, Becky; NICHOLS, Jean; REMPEL, Robin, authors. 2000. Literacy evaluation tool.
• FELDPAUSCH, Becky; NICHOLS, Jean; REMPEL, Robin, authors. 2003. "Literacy evaluation tool."
• FERREE, Steve, author. 2000. "Pouye."  
• FOREMAN, Velma M.; MARTEN, Helen, authors. 1980. Yessan-Mayo (East Sepik Province).
• FRANKLIN, Joice A., author. 1975. Towards a language and literature directory of Papua New Guinea.
• FRANKLIN, Joice A., author. 1977. "Vernacular literacy: General remarks."
• FRANKLIN, Joice A., author. 1982. "Using drama to teach literacy principles to mother tongue translators."
• FRANKLIN, Joice A., author. 1983. "Literacy involvement in Papua New Guinea: The Summer Institute of Linguistics."
• FRANKLIN, Joice A.; SOUTHWELL, Neville; STRINGER, Mary D., editors. 1980. Reports of vernacular literacy programmes conducted by the Summer Institute of Linguistics in Papua New Guinea.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1972. "Why a newsheet?."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1975. "Vernaculars as bridges to cross-cultural understanding."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1992. "Translating shell books."
• FRANTZ, Chester I.; FRANTZ, Marjorie; SHORT, Tom, authors. 1980. Gadsup (Eastern Highlands Province).
• FRANTZ, Marjorie; IRWIN, Barry S., authors. 1968. "A tone dialogue."
• GALLAGHER, Carol Jean; GALLAGHER, Steve, authors. 2000. "Bariai."  
• GALLAGHER, Carol Jean; HILL, Margaret, authors. 2002. "A Milestone: The First Major Scripture Use Conference in Papua New Guinea."  
• GALLAGHER, Carol Jean; LOCNIKAR, Joanne, compilers. 2002. "Time to Try Out Scripture Use Ideas."  
• GARRETT, Gertrude, author. 1997. Vernacular elementary education in Papua New Guinea.
• GASAWAY, Eileen, author. 1980. Non-formal education.
• GASAWAY, Eileen; JAMES, Dorothy J.; PRICE, Dorothy; SYMONS, Bruce, authors. 1995. "Orthotech workshop coordinator’s report."
• GERNAT, Yvonne, author. 1976. Methods of teaching reading.
• GILES, Glenda, author. 2000. "Finished and fluent—not synonymous."
• GLENNON, Ariana; GLENNON, John, authors. 2009. Organised phonology data Nehan (Nissan) language [NSN]; Kalil - Bougainville region.  
• GRAHAM, Mack, author. 1991. "Vernacular literacy in the Upper Jimi."
• GRANT, Audrey N., author. 2001. "Frogs, bicycles, and railway systems."
• GRIFFIN, Margie, author. 1975. "Orthography problems in the Buin language, and how vernacular speakers helped solve them."
• GROSH, Andy; GROSH, Sylvia Carlson, authors. 2000. "Kaluli."  
• GWYTHER-JONES, R., editor. 1970. READ 5.2.  
• GWYTHER-JONES, R.E., editor. 1970. READ 5.1.  
• GWYTHER-JONES, Roy E., editor. 1967. READ 2.1.
• GWYTHER-JONES, Roy E., editor. 1967. READ 2.2.
• GWYTHER-JONES, Roy E., editor. 1970. READ 5.4.
• GWYTHER-JONES, Roy E., editor. 1971. READ 6.1.
• GWYTHER-JONES, Roy, author. 1969. "Reading is understanding."
• GWYTHER-JONES, Roy, author. 1971. "Some literacy problems in the Territory of Papua and New Guinea."
• GWYTHER-JONES, Roy, author. 1971. "Vernacular literacy: Bridge to a national language."  
• GWYTHER-JONES, Roy, author. 1972. "Adult literacy from a vernacular to a national language."
• GWYTHER-JONES, Roy, author. 1972. Literature for a new nation (Ol buk bilong Papua Nu Gini).
• GWYTHER-JONES, Roy, author. 1973. "What is Christian literature?."
• GWYTHER-JONES, Roy, editor. 1966. READ 1.3.  
• GWYTHER-JONES, Roy, editor. 1969. READ 4.1.  
• GWYTHER-JONES, Roy, editor. 1969. READ 4.3.  
• GWYTHER-JONES, Roy, editor. 1973. READ 8.2.
• HAINSWORTH, C. Joan, author. 1975. "What is the best way to write this language?."
• HAINSWORTH, C. Joan, author. 1976. "Is this sound written as a vowel or a consonant?."
• HAINSWORTH, C. Joan, author. 1977. "Teaching consonants at the end of syllables."
• HAINSWORTH, C. Joan; JOHNSON, Kathleen, authors. 1980. Narak (Western Highlands Province).
• HARRIS, Gary, author. 1993. "Comprehension testing."
• HARRIS, Stephen G., author. 1971. "A local government council sponsored vernacular literacy programme."
• HARRIS, Stephen G., author. 1973. "From Kanite to English: a transfer project in Papua New Guinea."
• HARRISON, J. Daniel, author. 1975. "Community education among the Guhu-Samanes."
• HATTON, Suzanne, author. 2012. "A Test Run for Bloom."  
• HEAD, June; HEAD, Robert, authors. 1980. Kaugel (Western Highlands Province).
• HEAD, June; HEAD, Robert, authors. 2001. "Our involvement in elementary teacher training 1999-2001."
• HEALEY, Alan, author. 1975. "Vernacular orthographies in Papua New Guinea."  
• HEALEY, Alan, author. Available: 2009; Created: 1981. Telefol medical vocabulary.  
• HEALEY, Alan; TAYLOR, Andrew J., authors. 1977. "Writing New Guinea languages: Alphabets and orthographies."
• HEATH, Shirley Brice, author. 2001. "Ways of learning how."
• HEINEMAN, Paul, author. 2000. "Lembena."  
• HEMMILÄ, Ritva, author. 1998. Orthography and phonology database: Islands and Momase regions.
• HEMMILÄ, Ritva, compiler. 1999. Orthography and phonology database: highlands and Papuan regions.
• HENDERSON, Anne; HENDERSON, James E., authors. 1980. Yele (Milne Bay Province).
• HEPNER, Mark, author. 1995. "A graded curriculum for vernacular reading clubs in the Bargam language."
• HEPNER, Mark, author. 2003. "Bargam Awareness Campaign."  
• HILGENDORF, Don; LOCNIKAR, Joanne; NICHOLS, Jean, authors. 1996. Bhola’s total literacy system: Application to SIL literacy programs.
• HODGKIN, Brian, author. 1992. "Menya literateness survey."
• HOEL, Hanna Marie, author. 2004. "How are the elementary schools doing?."  
• HOEL, Hanna Marie, author. 2006. "Do not give up!."  
• HOEL, Hanna Marie, author. 2008. "When the Motivation and Timing are Right."  
• HONAN, Eileen; JESUDASON, Daniel; RURUK, Caine, authors. 2001. "Literacies, logging, and land boundaries: a discussion group report."
• HOOLEY, Bruce A., author. 1974. "Orthography problems in Central Buang."  
• HOOLEY, Bruce A., author. 1976. Bilingual education and literacy.
• HOOLEY, Bruce A.; LOVING, Richard, editors. 1976. Student research papers in literacy and education.
• HOSTETLER, Carolyn, author. 1990. Review of: The reading concepts and strategies of adult nonreaders, by Grace Malicky and Charles A. Norman.
• HOTZ, Joyce M.; STRINGER, Mary D., authors. 1980. Waffa (Morobe Province).
• HURD, Conrad, author. 1975. "A report on the Bougainville orthography seminars."
• HURD, Conrad, author. 1975. "Establishing an orthography."
• HURD, Conrad, author. Available: 2009; Created: 1970. The new Naasioi alphabet.  
• IRISH, Jan, author. 2012. "Beyond ABC."  
• IYAMA, Mara, author. 2005. "Oral literacies - choice in cultural destiny (a response to Michael A. Mel, "The need for strong and balanced communities through education …"."  
• JACKSON, Kenneth, author. 1992. "A two week literacy course for pastors."
• JAMES, Dorothy J.; POTTS, Denise, authors. 1980. Siane (Eastern Highlands Province).
• JÄRVINEN, Liisa, author. 1997. "Short and easy big books."
• JESUDASON, Daniel; JESUDASON, Wei Lei, authors. 1992. Media—a bridge to literacy.
• JESUDASON, Daniel; JESUDASON, Wei Lei, authors. 1992. The effectiveness of simplicity: a psycholinguistic approach to vernacular literacy in a Melanesian preliterate society.
• JESUDASON, Daniel; JESUDASON, Wei Lei, authors. 1993. "Materials produced for prep schools."
• JESUDASON, Daniel; JESUDASON, Wei Lei, authors. 1994. "Grassroots curriculum development for elementary school."
• JESUDASON, Daniel; JESUDASON, Wei Lei, authors. 1995. Grassroots curriculum development for elementary school.
• JOHNSON, Francis C., author. 1968. "The Minenda English course for teaching English in Papua and New Guinea primary schools."
• JOHNSTON, Raymond L., author. 1971. "Models of reading for reading teachers."
• JOHNSTON, Raymond L., author. 1979. "Development of a literary mode in the languages of nonliterary communities."
• JONDUO, Willie, author. 1989. "Working together for literacy: Are the theories workable?."
• JONDUO, Willie, author. 1994. "Children who have gone to vernacular Tokples School stay in school longer."
• JONDUO, Willie, author. 1994. "How effective is teacher training for vernacular school teachers?."
• JONDUO, Willie, author. 1997. "Literacy issues in Papua New Guinea."
• KAPATA, Matthew; MANABUNG, Barnabas; SAGEM, Bill; TURNER, Blaine, authors. Available: 2012; Created: 1986-03. Manam spelling rules.  
• KEMELFIELD, Graeme, author. 1982. "North Solomons pre-school programme."
• KENNEDY, Beverley; KENNEDY, Roger, authors. 1986. "A natural start to literacy in Erima village."
• KERUWA, Rambai, author. 2001. "Learning and knowing through four generations in PNG."
• KERUWA, Rambai, author. 2002. "Integrating literacy teaching and learning in Kaugel prep schools."
• KIM, Duck-Shin, author. 1998. "Waima women learn to read by singing."
• KIM, Duck-Shin; KIM, Nam-Soo, authors. 2003. "Promoting Literacy through FM Radio."  
• KREKEL, Cathy, author. 1989. "Towards encouraging illustrators."
• KREKEL, Cathy, author. 1990. Review of: Emerging literacy: Young children learn to read and write, Dorothy S. Strickland and L. Mandel Morrow, editors.
• KREKEL, Cathy, author. 1992. "Primers: Can we do better?."
• LANDWEER, M. Lynn, author. 2011. "Is English education always detrimental to vernacular languages?."
• LARSEN, Marlys; LARSEN, Robert E., authors. 1977. Orokaiva phonology and orthography.  
• LARSEN, Robert E., author. 1977. Multidialectal orthographic and lexical adjustments for Orokaiva.
• LAUCK, Linda M., author. 1987. "Orthography testing in Patep."  
• LAWRENCE, Marshall, author. 1992. "The five components of a literacy programme."
• LEE, Robert, author. 1987. "Results of psycholinguistic testing in the Madak language."  
• LILLIE, Patricia, author. 1997. "Literacy in ‘other languages’."
• LINCOLN, Peter C., author. 1975. Suggestions for Banoni orthography.  
• LINDRUD, Eivor; LINDRUD, Stellan, authors. 1992. "A discourse-word-letter method for teaching reading."
• LINDRUD, Eivor; LINDRUD, Stellan, authors. 1992. "Report on a literacy method used in Kol Prep schools."
• LINDRUD, Eivor; LINDRUD, Stellan, authors. 1994. "Teaching literacy in three stages."
• LINDRUD, Eivor; LINDRUD, Stellan, authors. 1994. "Why teach the word and the sentence first?."
• LINDSTROM, Amy; LINDSTROM, John, authors. 2000. "Hote."
• LINDVALL, Richard A., author. 1980. Paulo Freire: The man, the ideas, the methods.
• LISTER, Ronah; NAGAI, Yasuko, authors. 2004. "Bridging between vernacular and English: the Maiwala teacher's experience."  
• LISTER, Ronah; NAGAI, Yasuko, authors. 2004. "From vernacular to English: a model of innovation from within the hearts of the indigenous teachers in Papua New Guinea."
• LITHGOW, Daphne, author. 1983. Review of: Social and educational issues in bilingualism and biculturalism, Robert St. Clair and others, editors.
• LITHGOW, Daphne, author. 1986. "Word building."
• LITHGOW, Daphne, author. 1988. "Group design of a primer."
• LITHGOW, Daphne, author. 1993. "Why NOT to use a workbook."
• LITHGOW, Daphne; LITHGOW, David, authors. 1987. "Practical spelling."  
• LITHGOW, David, author. 1978. How should I spell it? Interpretation of problem sounds illustrated from Muyuw.  
• LITHGOW, David, author. 1992. Scripture promotion in Bunama.
• LITTERAL, Robert L., author. 1975. "A proposal for the use of Pidgin in Papua New Guinea’s education system."
• LITTERAL, Robert L., author. 1978. Language and education in Papua New Guinea.
• LITTERAL, Robert L., author. 1987. "Can local languages express scientific, mathematical and other technological concepts?."
• LITTERAL, Robert L., author. 1999. Four decades of language policy in Papua New Guinea: The move towards the vernacular.  
• LITTERAL, Robert L., author. 1999. Language development in Papua New Guinea.  
• LITTERAL, Robe